27.12.2012 Views

Trust Meltdown - Hayek Institute

Trust Meltdown - Hayek Institute

Trust Meltdown - Hayek Institute

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

Most time is lost<br />

by not thinking out.<br />

Alfred Herrhausen<br />

1930-1989<br />

<strong>Trust</strong> <strong>Meltdown</strong><br />

The Financial Industry Needs<br />

a Fundamental Restart<br />

Edited by<br />

Roland Schatz & Matthias Vollbracht<br />

“President Barack Obama stepped up his campaign<br />

against Wall Street ‘We have to get this done,’<br />

Obama said at the White House. ‘If these folks want<br />

a fight, it‘s a figh I‘m ready to have.’“<br />

Barack Oboma quoted in AP Jan 21 2010<br />

– the day after the elections in Massachusetts<br />

| 3


4 |<br />

Copyright © 2010 INNOVATIO Ltd.<br />

ISBN: 978-3-906501-20-8


Foreword<br />

by Kofi Annan, UN Secretary-General (1997-2006)<br />

As this publication shows, trust and<br />

confidence in leaders, whether in<br />

business, the public sector or politicians,<br />

have been severely shaken.<br />

Almost two years after the global<br />

economic crisis first broke, we are still<br />

seeing the social and political fallout<br />

through rising unemployment and<br />

economic insecurity, public anger,<br />

protest and civil disorder. There are<br />

many who rightly see the crisis as<br />

the consequence of failure to put<br />

economic policies at the service of<br />

the common good. As Adam Smith<br />

wrote over 250 years ago in his<br />

Theory of Moral Sentiments, universal<br />

values far beyond the profit<br />

motive – including humanity, justice,<br />

generosity and public spiritedness<br />

– must provide the framework for<br />

markets to work effectively. Now, he<br />

might argue, is the perfect moment<br />

to ensure that such core values are<br />

finally hardwired into public policy<br />

and international relations. In a highly<br />

interconnected world beset with<br />

shared problems, we cannot afford<br />

to get this wrong. And if we get it<br />

right, then we might finally have<br />

learned the lessons that Smith was<br />

trying to teach us.<br />

| 5


Content<br />

Introduction 8<br />

1. Analysis: Reasons and Consequences<br />

of the <strong>Trust</strong> <strong>Meltdown</strong><br />

1.1. Only Few Options Left for the Banking Industry<br />

to Regain <strong>Trust</strong> 12<br />

By Roland Schatz<br />

1.2. The Loss of <strong>Trust</strong> and Personalisation 29<br />

By Matthias Vollbracht<br />

1.3. Dick Fuld, the Man Who Brought the World<br />

to its Knees 43<br />

By Andrew Gowers<br />

1.4. Is Media in Need of a Reality Check? 52<br />

Global Media Coverage on the Banking<br />

and Economic crisis<br />

By Wadim Schreiner<br />

2. Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

2.1. The <strong>Trust</strong> <strong>Meltdown</strong> 68<br />

By Alfed R. Berkeley III and Phillip Moyer<br />

2.2. Transparency and Verification from a<br />

Regulator’s Perspective: 72<br />

Using XBRL to Restore <strong>Trust</strong> in Finance<br />

and Government<br />

By Paul Wilkinson<br />

2.3. Enhancing Capital Markets Transparency and <strong>Trust</strong> 90<br />

By Liv Apneseth Watson<br />

6 |


3. Best Practice<br />

3.1. We Need to Watch Risk, Not Size 101<br />

By Emilio Botin<br />

3.2. Sustainable Investment 109<br />

By Joachim Faber<br />

3.3 Lessons from the Microfinance Sector:<br />

Building <strong>Trust</strong> Through Information 116<br />

By Scott Gaul<br />

4. Supervision Needs Controlling<br />

4.1. Learning From the Crisis 125<br />

By Mark B. Fuller & Joseph B. Fuller<br />

4.2.Peer review will need to be Peer pressure 129<br />

By Robert B. Zoellick<br />

5. Communication: The Finance Sector<br />

Needs a New Media Strategy<br />

5.1. The End of Financial Market Communication<br />

Dominance 141<br />

By Richard Gaul<br />

5.2. Let’s Have a Dream: Media Becoming Triggers! 145<br />

Interview with Michel Ogrizek<br />

6. <strong>Trust</strong> and Credulity, Sin and Suspicion: Must the crisis<br />

of trust lead to a society of suspicion? 149<br />

By Alistair Macdonald-Radcliff<br />

Contributors 158<br />

| 7


Introduction<br />

Introduction<br />

by Roland Schatz & Matthias Vollbracht<br />

In 2002, Augustinus Graf Henckel-<br />

Donnersmarck, a member of the Premonstratensian<br />

order and corporate<br />

consultant, invited us to take part in<br />

coaching the executives of a major<br />

international bank. At first we did<br />

not know why communication skills<br />

were so much needed as his usual<br />

focus was quite different: namely<br />

strategic planning and implementation.<br />

But after only a few sessions the<br />

puzzle was solved for us as it became<br />

clear that the willingness of bankers<br />

to talk to each other was spectacularly<br />

limited. We proposed additional<br />

levels of dialogue beyond the usual<br />

consultation in later phases of our<br />

work in order to enable real feedback.<br />

Such ideas were always rejected<br />

with the shaking of heads as was any<br />

suggestion of further developing<br />

communication in a continuing and<br />

managed way with potential customers,<br />

employees and all other stakeholders<br />

of importance to the bank.<br />

The experience of seeing the sheer<br />

effort it took from Augustinus to<br />

spur on these normally responsive<br />

and responsible people to grapple<br />

with these fundamental issues made<br />

a deep impression on us, as did also<br />

the way that the senior office bearers<br />

quickly withdrew from facing the<br />

image of themselves that came back<br />

to them in the process. The company<br />

ended up being taken over shortly<br />

after the collaboration with Augusti-<br />

8 |<br />

nus ended and afterwards we often<br />

thought that it would have been very<br />

useful to publish these cautionary<br />

experiences as a case study using<br />

anonymised data. But in the end we<br />

did not do so in part from the hope<br />

that this was an isolated case which<br />

the economic system had in the end<br />

corrected through the ultimate takeover<br />

of the company.<br />

Since that time however, anyone<br />

following closely the ways in which<br />

The Wall Street Journal, The Financial<br />

Times or Il Sole 24 Ore report on<br />

companies will have noted that in<br />

fact the role of the specialist media in<br />

determining the reputation of entire<br />

industries has grown less and less. Instead<br />

it is now the news programmes<br />

of Al Arabia, BBC, CBS and the SABC<br />

that are fulfilling this role.<br />

Charting this through the recent<br />

financial meltdown is particularly<br />

informative. For one brief moment<br />

the finance industry appeared to<br />

wake up and acknowledge that there<br />

was important life on Main Street<br />

beyond the office towers of Wall<br />

Street upon which Wall Street has extraordinary<br />

influence and consequent<br />

obligations. But, whereas Main Street<br />

became repeatedly aware of this<br />

dependence, before September 2008<br />

it was only fleetingly acknowledged<br />

within the financial industry at the<br />

highest level.


Thus, by the time of the first partial<br />

repayment of the tax monies given<br />

through the “bailout” was made,<br />

Wall Street appeared to behave as<br />

if the status quo had again been<br />

simply restored. This tendency was<br />

reinforced perhaps by the fact that<br />

by Spring 2009 the „credit providers”<br />

of Autumn 2008 were themselves in<br />

need. Thus the old power structures<br />

appeared superficially to have been<br />

restored and the Fuggers, as it were,<br />

merely sent their greetings. But, in<br />

contrast to the bankers of the middle<br />

ages, the finance industry of the<br />

present day had by that point done<br />

such damage to the outside world as<br />

to comprise an historic, one-off event<br />

that may fittingly be compared to<br />

the psycholigical impact of the earthquake<br />

in Haiti. Such was the real<br />

world impact on the unemployed,<br />

former home owners and mediumsized<br />

businesses.<br />

Thus Main Street, even now, fourteen<br />

months after the Lehman<br />

collapse is in fact as little restored as<br />

the streets of Port-au-Prince, and the<br />

real world impact continues to grow<br />

and spread. Parents, who could not<br />

replace the money saved for years<br />

for their children’s studies have, since<br />

the financial meltdown, still made<br />

no plan B and have few resources<br />

through which to develop one.<br />

It is the contrast between the two<br />

sets of perceptions on the part<br />

respectively of Wall Street and Main<br />

Street which has set the stage for the<br />

current bonus scandal. On one hand,<br />

bankers see things as back to normal<br />

with spectacular profits returning,<br />

while on the other hand, in the<br />

world beyond Wall Street, things<br />

continue to get worse. Thus, on a<br />

daily basis ordinary people read in<br />

their media in Africa, Asia, Australia<br />

and Europe that Wall Street is not<br />

only talking about bonuses, but in<br />

the process of paying them out in the<br />

billions for 2009. In some cases it is<br />

considering doing so even though it<br />

was not able to achieve a profit, as<br />

the case of UBS shows us, while the<br />

unchanged and generous accounting<br />

guidelines prevailing at Citibank are<br />

being used to the same end.<br />

It is at such a time as this that the<br />

unique legacy and memory of Alfred<br />

Herrhausen, the long-time CEO of<br />

Deutsche Bank merits recovery and<br />

recollection. Dr. Herrhausen was<br />

murdered on 30.11.1989. He was a<br />

long standing friend of Augustinus<br />

and shared his religiously informed<br />

moral vision and concerns. Time and<br />

time again he pointed out to his own<br />

company, as well as the entire industry,<br />

the special responsibility which<br />

bankers have. The contacts he had<br />

with Augustinus led him as the CEO<br />

of the then most important banking<br />

institution in Europe to address the<br />

challenge of explaining and justifying<br />

his actions in an inter-disciplinary and<br />

inter-generational dialogue others<br />

| 9


Introduction<br />

would do well to follow now. His<br />

reverence for Karl Popper made him<br />

cherish facts and allowed him to see<br />

connections which others declined to<br />

perceive. Herrhausen’s championing<br />

of the need to free developing countries<br />

from their burden of debt in the<br />

interests of the wider world community<br />

was not the only result of his<br />

breadth of thought and gained him<br />

friends far beyond the usual confines<br />

of the financial industry.<br />

When, directly after the murder of<br />

Herrhausen, his formal successor, Hilmar<br />

Kopper, gave his first interview,<br />

it went out under the heading “Why<br />

do I need Popper when my name is<br />

Kopper”. Such a title certainly did<br />

little to suggest that holistic thinking<br />

beyond the bounds of ordinary<br />

categories and which reflected wider<br />

responsibilities would continue to<br />

prosper in Frankfurt or beyond. Noone<br />

can say whether Deutsche Bank<br />

would have been deflected from<br />

the narrow focus and dominance<br />

of “making money out of money“<br />

ethos under Herrhausen, but it would<br />

at least have been typical of him to<br />

force reflection on the implications<br />

of such tendencies. This was not least<br />

due to his proximity to the Ruhr area<br />

as well as his close association with<br />

Augustinus, who sometimes provided<br />

him with more contact with Main<br />

Street than he might have chosen<br />

himself. He would certainly have<br />

withdrawn from his position rather<br />

10 |<br />

than ever accept the comparison of<br />

his employees’ work with that of a<br />

casino – which at that time no one<br />

would in any case have ever made.<br />

The murder of Dr. Alfred Herrhausen<br />

is still unexplained to this day<br />

and happened exactly twenty years<br />

ago. All of which gives us reason<br />

to pose the kinds of question he<br />

asked: can the banks really live with<br />

their (in)action? Can banks really<br />

want what is currently taking place<br />

when they think through the consequences?<br />

It is an horrific feat for an industry<br />

that has trust at the foundation of<br />

its business that in 2009 only 4% still<br />

placed their trust in those responsible<br />

in Wall Street. The long-term<br />

analysis of reputations undertaken<br />

in the first chapter of the work that<br />

follows shows two further grave<br />

findings. First, long before the<br />

Lehman crash and the sub-prime<br />

crisis positive reports were no longer<br />

appearing in the opinion-leader<br />

media around the globe regarding<br />

the actions of the finance industry.<br />

This shows that the collapse in trust<br />

was already underway long before<br />

its almost total collapse in the face of<br />

the recent financial crisis. Secondly, in<br />

the year after the finance meltdown,<br />

the image has not improved it has<br />

only worsened, so there is much to<br />

be done and addressing this is very<br />

urgent. Headlines such as “The bank


we love to hate” do not appear now<br />

in left wing publications but rather in<br />

the Financial Times. “Banksters” is a<br />

term now used in the Boulevard and<br />

reminds even the illiterate of the old<br />

comparison of Berthold Brecht. The<br />

consequences of a loss of trust are<br />

financial deductions in the billions as,<br />

for instance, UBS had to continue to<br />

admit even in 2009.<br />

There are several avenues for escaping<br />

the present downward spiral.<br />

One option is for all the participants<br />

to re-orient themselves back in<br />

accord with the old ground rules embodied<br />

by such a respected figure as<br />

Dr Herrhausen who indeed served as<br />

a benchmark for the finance world‘s<br />

conduct. If doing that directly is too<br />

much, then at least those who did<br />

not participate in the misconduct<br />

must draw attention to their best<br />

practice concepts and offer alternatives.<br />

These must be implemented and<br />

the message that this is happening<br />

must be communicated successfully<br />

to the wider public. In the absence of<br />

such reforms, fundamental alternatives<br />

to existing financial institutions<br />

will arise, after all, who now still<br />

types on an Olivetti typewriter?<br />

Ten years ago there was no Google.<br />

Already in Africa, people no longer<br />

manage their cash flow in a bank but<br />

rather through their telephone, for<br />

security reasons… The one thing that<br />

should above all else be clear is that<br />

the status quo is not an option.<br />

The two further chapters that then<br />

follow on from the detailed diagnosis<br />

of the loss of trust in the industry and<br />

their responsible heads, deal respectively<br />

with the regaining of trust<br />

by providing transparent data and<br />

figures and, after that it is demonstrated,<br />

by using the examples of Bank<br />

Santander, Allianz Global Investors as<br />

well as Micro Finance that alternatives<br />

are possible. These two chapters<br />

are followed by a chapter starting<br />

to explore the new measures set by<br />

the G20 and others, and the extent<br />

to which the financial meltdown was<br />

indeed unique. As transparency is the<br />

best control, a chapter follows presenting<br />

two proposals as to how the<br />

communication activities of all participants<br />

can be sustainably changed.<br />

In memory of Augustinus and Alfred<br />

Herrhausen, the book ends with a<br />

text concerned with the specifically<br />

moral dimensions of the present crisis<br />

and the need to secure improved<br />

compliance through trust grounded<br />

positively by personal commitment to<br />

the moral rather than an ultimately<br />

vain quest merely to expose error.<br />

We hope that these texts will help<br />

all those who do not want to be<br />

satisfied with the status quo and<br />

the mentality that cries merely “The<br />

show must go on”. Our wonderful<br />

team of authors is responsible for the<br />

ideas, but as always any errors are<br />

our responsibility.<br />

| 11


1. Analysis:<br />

Reasons and Consequences of the <strong>Trust</strong> <strong>Meltdown</strong><br />

1.1.<br />

Only Few Options Left for the Banking<br />

Industry to Regain <strong>Trust</strong><br />

By Roland Schatz<br />

March 2010 will mark the anniversary<br />

of the attack on Sir Fred Goodwin,<br />

the former CEO of the Royal Bank<br />

of Scotland (RBS). December 2009 a<br />

bank had to be evacuated in Frankfurt<br />

because of a bomb threat. One<br />

week ahead of the World Economic<br />

Forum 2010 in Davos, President<br />

Obama has publicly threatened Wall<br />

Street saying “If these folks want a<br />

fight, it is a fight that I am ready to<br />

have” a turn of phrase that did not<br />

help to reduce the tension on either<br />

side. These different episodes are<br />

enough to give pause and for executives<br />

to ask themselves „What will I<br />

tell my children when they look me<br />

in the eyes and ask me if we could<br />

become the next target?”<br />

Ten months after the attack on Mr.<br />

Goodwin, bank executives and their<br />

boards of directors need to be convincing<br />

to the public in regard to the<br />

following:<br />

- Have we in 2009 been communicating<br />

our financial position accurately<br />

to our clients and stakeholders?<br />

- Have the apologies for our negligence<br />

been brought out clearly<br />

enough so that customers not only<br />

hear them but are also able to<br />

understand them?<br />

- Have transparent measures been<br />

implemented so that the mistakes<br />

are not repeated?<br />

12 |<br />

- Have new policies been put in<br />

place to strengthen risk management<br />

policies?<br />

Thus far, unfortunately instead of<br />

answering these questions consumer<br />

have witnessed the banks increasing<br />

their fees for checking and saving<br />

accounts as well as transactions and<br />

other services. Home owners in the<br />

U.S. who lost their four walls, were<br />

reading more and more statements<br />

in the newspapers made by their old<br />

contractual partners that it was their<br />

own fault if they took out loans that<br />

they were unable to pay back. From<br />

an objective point of view, this may<br />

often have been correct observation<br />

- but in the context of 2009 its effect<br />

was not only cynical, but it exposed<br />

the advisory incompetence of bank<br />

employees who had checked and<br />

countersigned these same contracts.<br />

As a final image shredder there have<br />

been countless headlines about bankers’<br />

bonuses in the news. While some<br />

banks have started to make money<br />

again, in the case of UBS they occasioned<br />

further public outrage when<br />

they announced that they planned<br />

to distribute CHF 4 billion to their<br />

managers even though the company<br />

remained in deficit.<br />

At the same time, Goldman Sachs<br />

(GS), CEO Mr. Blankfein was quoted<br />

all over the world that the financial


meltdown could be compared to a<br />

hurricane, a phenomenon of nature<br />

and not man thus obviously rejecting<br />

responsibility for contributing to the<br />

financial meltdown. One could not<br />

help but be surprised at reading such<br />

details of the hearing before law<br />

makers in Washington DC only weeks<br />

after the FT had titled this bank “The<br />

bank we love to hate most” – which<br />

should have been<br />

a final wake up<br />

call not only to<br />

Broad Street 55.<br />

Cartoons are a<br />

late indicator<br />

of reputational<br />

damage and<br />

the Frankfurter<br />

Allgemeine<br />

Zeitung (FAZ)<br />

tried to help<br />

letting banking<br />

executives understand<br />

what<br />

their current<br />

position and<br />

reputation is.<br />

People still remember the bank crisis<br />

from twenty years ago in which the<br />

government in Washington, as part<br />

of the rescue action (USD 300 billion<br />

were needed back then) dismissed<br />

the top management without notice<br />

and bonuses as a sign of taking<br />

responsibility. Today when Joe Average<br />

reads the headlines that Wall<br />

Street Bankers are receiving millions<br />

of dollars in bonuses and getting<br />

promotions while they still sit on the<br />

sideline with mortgages they cannot<br />

pay and lost jobs, and thinking<br />

about Washington using their tax<br />

dollars to bail the banks out less that<br />

14 months ago there is no wonder<br />

it has caused the uproar and deep<br />

distrust throughout society. Even<br />

after acknowledging that Goldman<br />

Sachs payed<br />

their taxpayer’s<br />

loan back at a<br />

higher interest<br />

rate than<br />

required it was<br />

not sufficient<br />

to re-establish<br />

public trust.<br />

Every citizen on<br />

every continent<br />

whose public<br />

swimming pool<br />

is closed for<br />

lack of funds in<br />

the municipal<br />

coffers, whose<br />

children can no longer visit the local<br />

libraries, whose schools had to close<br />

partially or totally for lack of funds<br />

will judge their politicians in the<br />

coming elections on their actions<br />

to make sure that the Wall Street<br />

bankers are held responsible for the<br />

damage caused and set policies in<br />

place to avoid another market crash<br />

triggered by greed.<br />

“I don‘t want you playing with the banking<br />

directors’ kids”<br />

FAZ, 19.01.2010<br />

| 13


Analysis<br />

Since the time when people first populated<br />

the planet they have looked<br />

for scapegoats during times of crisis.<br />

The most suitable scapegoats have<br />

often been a minority population.<br />

And if this minority has reputation<br />

issues then the finance industry and<br />

politicians cannot continue with their<br />

„same as usual!“ attitude in 2010,<br />

not least because politicians‘ reputations<br />

have developed in diametrical<br />

opposition to the media reputations<br />

of the bankers since the financial<br />

meltdown, as the data of the ongoing<br />

reputation tracker illustrates .<br />

To demonstrate, that this is no longer<br />

“just” a reputation issue one should<br />

be aware of three concrete actions<br />

aimed by mainstreet at reducing the<br />

power of Wall Street:<br />

10%<br />

0%<br />

-10%<br />

-20%<br />

-30%<br />

-40%<br />

-50%<br />

Q1/02 Q3/03 Q1/05 Q3/06 Q1/08<br />

Q4/02 Q2/04 Q4/05 Q2/07 Q4/08<br />

1) Moveyourmoney.org created by<br />

Huffington Post. This is one of those<br />

typical initiatives that allows the<br />

market place to act while not having<br />

to wait for legislation. The appeal<br />

during the 2009 Christmas period to<br />

all who still let the large banks administer<br />

their money has been taken<br />

up by media worldwide and is easy<br />

to implement. Similarly to the Shell<br />

boycott following the Brent Spar<br />

affair, it costs the knowledgeable<br />

customer little to draw their money<br />

from Citibank and to transfer it to a<br />

bank with a local reference and local<br />

control.<br />

2) Customers started turning away<br />

from the financial system already<br />

10 years ago: entire territories in<br />

Europe’s regions abandoned the euro<br />

Chart 1.1. Rating of Political and Economic Protagonists 01/02 – 12/08<br />

Basis: 49,555 news reports on economic topics in German TV 2002 - 2008<br />

14 |<br />

Political Protagonists<br />

Economic Protagonists


and created their own regional currencies.<br />

In the beginning when the<br />

die hards were derided across the old<br />

continent, “global” concepts were<br />

developed which will achieve a massive<br />

acceleration after the financial<br />

meltdown. At the early stage these<br />

concepts largely followed the antiglobalisation<br />

ideology and therefore<br />

only featured limited, but considerable,<br />

volumes. In the meanwhile, the<br />

regional currencies had long made<br />

the connection to the existing currencies<br />

and became a relevant alternative<br />

both for the middle-class and the<br />

wealthy.<br />

3) Up until recently, micro-financing<br />

was regarded as irrelevant by most<br />

major banking institutions. Today<br />

with more than 2,000 different Micro<br />

finance operations in place banking<br />

executives have come to the realisation<br />

that 10 million low risk 50 dollar<br />

loans were, on the whole, more<br />

sustainable than a 500 million loan<br />

gone wrong. At the same time as<br />

microfinance has been considered a<br />

financial instrument only for poorest,<br />

media is now reporting that microfinance<br />

concept has found its market<br />

in Spain and several of other mature<br />

markets.<br />

The trends above are samples of<br />

money moving away from large<br />

global financial player to local more<br />

trusted transparent and accountable<br />

institutions with a regional reference<br />

or personally liable shareholders.<br />

This trend is more likely to continue<br />

as long as trust is not restored on<br />

Wall Street.<br />

Meanwhile executives of the “too<br />

big to fail” banking institutions have<br />

created the impression to the general<br />

public that their next bonus negotiations<br />

are more important to them<br />

than making sure their customers<br />

and stakeholders understand how<br />

the finance sector must change to<br />

prohibit another melt down. To add<br />

more fuel to the fire, headlines news<br />

accused several of the banks and<br />

their audit firms of wilfully misrepresented<br />

their financial position to investors.<br />

Massive class-action lawsuits<br />

have been reported against for example,<br />

Royal Bank of Canada and the<br />

accounting firm KPMG for the more<br />

than $132 million lost by Canadian investors<br />

in the collapse of hedge-fund<br />

operator Norshield Financial Group is<br />

just one of many lawsuits eroding the<br />

trust of the market place.<br />

CPA firms are facing massive lawsuits<br />

running into the billions because<br />

they gave assurances and positive<br />

opinions on the levels of disclosure<br />

of the largest sub-prime credit<br />

providers despite notifications of<br />

irregularities and missing vouchers<br />

from regional accountants. In the<br />

press one can read rumours that the<br />

accounting industry is even asking<br />

Washington for delays in court deci-<br />

| 15


Analysis<br />

sions because otherwise the entire<br />

industry could collapse. Will these<br />

companies too try to argue they too<br />

should be just “too big to fail?”<br />

Month after month the Americans<br />

had to face a hitherto unknown<br />

unemployment rate of 10% and<br />

entrepreneurs are told that there is<br />

not enough money in the bank to<br />

continue their loan request and there<br />

are not enough new loans available<br />

to provide for business expansion.<br />

Meanwhile everybody continues to<br />

read in the headlines that the banks<br />

appear to have sufficient funds to<br />

distribute bonuses to the tune of<br />

billions. At least some Ivy League<br />

universities and institutions such has<br />

Harvard Business School (HBS) have<br />

in the last year apologized publicly<br />

for their role in fostering short term<br />

thinking in their curriculum.<br />

However, for people who saved for<br />

their children’s studies and entrusted<br />

their money to the professionals at<br />

Lehman month after month just to<br />

be tersely told one day that this company<br />

is not counted as one of those<br />

„too big to fail“ by the other competitors,<br />

the reference to the small<br />

print on the back of the contract or<br />

an apology from Harvard is of no<br />

consolation.<br />

Their disappointment and anger<br />

towards the supposedly “super-educated<br />

professionals” would at the<br />

most be reduced if the clever people<br />

16 |<br />

would apologise in a way that is visible<br />

and audible to them and other<br />

aggrieved parties without any ifs and<br />

buts – in a way similar to the scholars<br />

like Nitin Nohria from HBS.<br />

Michel Ogrizek, a former communications<br />

director of a prominent investment<br />

bank, refers to the problem<br />

that many groups of professions<br />

are represented on the boards of<br />

banks, just not those who understand<br />

communication and the feelings of<br />

people. The advice, to “not overdo it<br />

with the apologies” must have come<br />

from the extensively-staffed legal<br />

departments which, as always in such<br />

cases, refer and will always refer in<br />

the future, to the risk of the damage<br />

claims derived from the apologies.<br />

But who poses the question<br />

as to how much business has in the<br />

meantime been lost by the financial<br />

institution because the apology was<br />

not perceptible to the customer? The<br />

expertise in business administration<br />

science, often criticised for making<br />

many mistakes, can, at least on this<br />

topic, refer to extensive results in<br />

the area of opportunity-cost-calculation.<br />

The fate of the UBS share price,<br />

and still more the billions withdrawn<br />

by its customers after the Autumn<br />

of 2008, should give bank CEOs<br />

and their board directors cause for<br />

thought and cause for special care in<br />

making their next round of staff appointments<br />

to the relevant posts.


Chart 1.2. shows how the negative<br />

reports on the banks in general did<br />

not improve but became increasingly<br />

devastating in year 1 after the financial<br />

meltdown<br />

The reason why, in surveys, Wall<br />

Street bankers “enjoy” only 4%<br />

esteem in all respondents, why school<br />

children hardly state “banker” as a<br />

basic profession and why politicians<br />

from all countries will trim any room<br />

for play that financial institutions<br />

have with legislation is however not<br />

only found in the lack of awareness<br />

of blame and admission of guilt.<br />

There is the further reason that faith<br />

in the strategic competence of managers<br />

had already long been in doubt<br />

10%<br />

0%<br />

2003/1<br />

2004/1<br />

2005/1 2007/1 2009/1<br />

2006/1 2008/1<br />

within opinion-leading media, as is<br />

substantiated by the data from Germany<br />

in chart 1.3 on the next page.<br />

At the G20 summit in September of<br />

2009 the executives of the global<br />

financial institutions could not bring<br />

themselves to a clear globally agreed<br />

commitment on common guidelines<br />

for minimum liquidity and bonus<br />

structures. Following the G20, almost<br />

every financial house seemed once<br />

again to look for the lightest regulation<br />

and to propose similar conduct<br />

to that of its competitors and when<br />

they were not prepared to comply,<br />

they sought to mothball again and<br />

completely any actions in matters<br />

of control and sustainable manage-<br />

Chart 1.2. Evaluation of individual banks vs. industry, 01/2003 – 09/2009<br />

Average rating in German media<br />

20%<br />

-10%<br />

-20%<br />

-30%<br />

-40%<br />

-50%<br />

-60%<br />

Basis: 41,879 reports about bank, bank managers and the banking industry in 21/29 media<br />

Indiv idual bank<br />

Indiv idual bankers<br />

Banks in general/<br />

banking industry<br />

| 17


Analysis<br />

ment. What has only very seldom<br />

succeeded since the earliest phase of<br />

human existence appears to be what<br />

bank executives and their boards of<br />

directors want to apply to attempt:<br />

namely pointing the finger of blame<br />

at others and then doing nothing<br />

themselves.<br />

The times in which some banks such<br />

as Citibank believed they could prevent<br />

unpopular reporting by closing<br />

its own press office, or UBS which in<br />

its time thought it could eliminate<br />

unpopular reporting in media by<br />

having its employees buy up all the<br />

editions of offending papers from<br />

the kiosks in Zurich, may be a thing<br />

of the past – but the way in which<br />

managers in the finance industry<br />

take so little care to ensure that their<br />

0%<br />

-5%<br />

-10%<br />

-15%<br />

-20%<br />

-25%<br />

own press department don‘t “sanitise”<br />

the clippings, does not imply<br />

that there is a real interest in the<br />

facts: In the meantime, it is not only<br />

the WSJ or FT that are closely watching<br />

every (in)action taken by a Wall<br />

Street manager but EVERY newspaper,<br />

magazine, radio station and TV<br />

camera – not to mention the online<br />

activists. In 2009, the year in which<br />

the top management of banks stated<br />

that the situation would slowly calm<br />

down, Main Street’s judgement of<br />

Wall Street is comparable to the<br />

reputation of the tobacco industry:<br />

the trust has been eroded and only<br />

addicts still ask for the product.<br />

The invitations to the White House,<br />

Downing Street, the Federal Chancellery<br />

and all other government<br />

Chart 1.3. Evaluation of companies with regard to strategic and M&A issues,<br />

German TV and print media 1999 – 2009<br />

Balance of +/- ratings<br />

5%<br />

-30%<br />

1999 2001 2003 2005 2007 2009<br />

2000 2002 2004 2006 2008<br />

Basis: 352,492 reports about companies, managers and industries in ARD Tagesschau/Tagesthmen, ZDF Heute/Heute<br />

Journal, RTL Aktuell, BILD*, Spiegel, Focus (* some issues missing)<br />

18 |


Chart 1.4. Evaluation of tobacco and banking companies<br />

in international TV news, 07/2007 – 06/2009<br />

30,1%<br />

Tobacco<br />

46,6%<br />

23,3%<br />

39,9%<br />

leaders’ houses were completely<br />

misinterpreted by Wall Street: just<br />

because governments have finally<br />

got themselves into liquidity difficulties,<br />

thereby becoming consumers of<br />

bonds (i.e. customers), by handing<br />

out taxpayers‘ funds to rescue the<br />

banking industry does not in any way<br />

mean that the customer is in fact<br />

satisfied or even grateful.<br />

Seldom have more contracts been<br />

signed with a clenched fist in the<br />

pocket than they were in 2009. The<br />

President of Iceland by refusing to<br />

sign the legislation needed for repaying<br />

the monies due in international<br />

compensation for its failed banks<br />

on the one hand positioned himself<br />

Banks<br />

negative no clear rating positive<br />

11,9%<br />

Basis: 113,766 reports about companies, industries and managers in 28 international TV news shows<br />

48,2%<br />

beyond any market logic, but on<br />

the other hand, he saw his re-election<br />

assured, and, with his conduct,<br />

stimulated the parties to act similarly<br />

in future. President Obama’s legislative<br />

initiative of January 2010 in a<br />

way follows this example and other<br />

governments may to likewise. If the<br />

banks in England feel a sense of security<br />

due to their market dominance,<br />

they would be advised to not sleep<br />

too deeply. Neither Gordon Brown<br />

nor James Cameron can afford, from<br />

a political point of view, to take no<br />

action against the financial institutions<br />

and will therefore look for<br />

alternative penalties such as levying<br />

tax on executive bonuses. Should Mr.<br />

Brown or Mr. Cameron not clearly<br />

| 19


Analysis<br />

communicate the smaller parties will<br />

achieve unexpected successes at the<br />

polls.<br />

At the same time the crisis has had<br />

some positive side-effects. What had,<br />

up until now only been discussed at<br />

conferences by experts now finally<br />

surfaced to attention of the broader<br />

public: due to the previously inadequate<br />

accounting regulations only<br />

30% of the value of a company is<br />

reflected on a balance sheet. In other<br />

words: 70% of the performance is assessable<br />

by personal contact with the<br />

respective company alone. But those<br />

companies which retrenched their<br />

customer consultants for cost reasons,<br />

as did the banks, and thought they<br />

could replace them with a cheap software<br />

programme for evaluating cred-<br />

10%<br />

0%<br />

itworthiness, reduced his own ability<br />

to make judgements to exactly this<br />

30% figure which has been reflected<br />

in the balance sheets until now. This<br />

does not have to lead only to misjudgements<br />

when assessing private<br />

or even company loans. Consequently,<br />

asset managers and floor traders<br />

hardly have any better information<br />

access upon which their decisions are<br />

made beyond this 30%. Thus, it is becoming<br />

known to the general public<br />

that the entire business of trading<br />

in shares has all too often in the<br />

end, been based on a very narrow<br />

data-base. No sick patient would let<br />

his doctor prepare a diagnosis on a<br />

comparably thin basis. Yet the banks‘<br />

CEOs and others involved have not<br />

sought to distance themselves from<br />

this substantial systems error and<br />

Chart 1.5. Image of companies/industries US TV News/Magazines,<br />

01/2002 – 02/2009<br />

20%<br />

-10%<br />

-20%<br />

-30%<br />

-40%<br />

Enron<br />

Lehman<br />

-50%<br />

Banking<br />

-60%<br />

Accounting<br />

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009<br />

Basis: Time, Newsweek, ABC, CBS, NBC evening news, 36,012 reports<br />

20 |


neither did their board of directors<br />

press for an improvement. Only after<br />

the decision by the SEC in December<br />

2009, to make transparent communication<br />

via Extensible Business Reporting<br />

Language (XBRL) legally binding,<br />

was the first step to bind disclosure<br />

by management really active.<br />

Chart 1.5. clarifies the way that accounting<br />

profession has been met<br />

with suspicion in the media ever since<br />

the Enron crisis.<br />

The banks are not in the frontline in<br />

order to publicly proceed against the<br />

auditor who incorrectly gives assurance<br />

that the financial statements<br />

are presented according to generally<br />

accepted accounting principles.<br />

Credit Suisse executives and their<br />

board of directors hit the headlines<br />

when they had to recall their own<br />

balance sheets within 7 days in their<br />

2007 annual report. The state owned<br />

and controlled German Landesbanks<br />

are yet another example of an institution<br />

fundamentally undermining<br />

every basic principle of trust. In 2009<br />

the banks adjusted their own need<br />

for financing requirements upwards<br />

by several billion within a few days,<br />

thus risking making themselves a<br />

public laughing stock with the credit<br />

provider and the general population.<br />

The economic impact of such a restatement<br />

of their annual report, will<br />

remain long in the memory of the<br />

broader public. Almost every news-<br />

paper reader is himself a borrower<br />

and can well remember his meetings<br />

with his bank’s so-called customer<br />

consultants: upward adjustments are<br />

as well-liked as the submission of incorrect<br />

figures. Whoever thinks that<br />

people will forget this appears to<br />

have skipped the psychology lectures<br />

or, even worse, saw it as irrelevant in<br />

the context of his economics studies.<br />

But aside from these fundamental<br />

and personal obstacles between Wall<br />

Street and Main Street, the finance<br />

industry will not regain trust until<br />

they start evaluating themselves and<br />

others at the company’s real economic<br />

value or be willing to face the risk<br />

and liability imposed by ministered<br />

and regulatory authorities of inaccuracy.<br />

The previous references to the uncertainties<br />

of the stock trading are<br />

however now only applicable when<br />

the person acting in that capacity<br />

can prove that they have taken all<br />

the required aspects into account in<br />

the sale. The public will no longer<br />

accept this once they are aware that<br />

the banks may well only take 30% of<br />

all the relevant factors and their own<br />

self interest into account for their<br />

investment decisions.<br />

Some banks have also been caught<br />

reportedly giving “sweetheart loans“<br />

to those who should be protecting<br />

the public from fraud and mismanagement<br />

by the banking institutions<br />

| 21


Analysis<br />

according to the Wall Street Journal,<br />

Connecticut Senator Chris Dodd and<br />

Chairman of the Senate Banking<br />

Committee received preferential<br />

treatment from Countrywide.<br />

A further aspect reminds us daily<br />

that the banks have not yet wanted<br />

to learn from other mistakes: just<br />

before the main TV newscast in Germany,<br />

for instance, an advert appears<br />

for Deutsche Bank persuading people<br />

to transfer their personal assets to<br />

the bank – at an interest rate of<br />

3.2% (before the financial meltdown<br />

this was still 5.1%). The same audience<br />

which is being lured during the<br />

advertisement with this percentage<br />

then hears in the newscast that the<br />

CEO of the same bank is however not<br />

satisfied with an interest rate of 25%<br />

Chart 1.6. Long-term trends: Salience of accounting issues<br />

in international TV news, 2001 – 2008<br />

Share of all reports (%)<br />

0,25%<br />

0,2%<br />

0,15%<br />

0,1%<br />

0,05%<br />

UK<br />

Germany<br />

US<br />

0%<br />

07-12/2001 2003 2005 2007<br />

2002 2004 2006 2008<br />

Basis: 283,698 reports about companies in 62 international media<br />

22 |<br />

for his own house. Anything else is<br />

not acceptable as it is not „industry<br />

standard“. No-one needs any further<br />

reporting here to be tempted in a fit<br />

of rage, immediately to close one‘s<br />

account with the “blue bank”. Supervisory<br />

bodies will be hard-pressed to<br />

explain to anyone that they do not<br />

know about this advert and at the<br />

same time did not listen to their CEO<br />

at the relevant events such as the<br />

balance sheet press conference or the<br />

Annual General Meeting.<br />

The experience of some at the start<br />

of the new year, of not having access<br />

to their own money by credit card,<br />

due to software errors was a further<br />

brick in the wall which, block by<br />

block, gets ever higher and which<br />

is becoming an ever more menac-<br />

Barclays<br />

Ernst & Young<br />

Goldman Sachs<br />

Credit Suisse<br />

Deutsche Bank<br />

Citi<br />

Fannie Mae<br />

AIG<br />

Societe Generale<br />

Merrill Lynch<br />

negative<br />

positive<br />

-100% -75% -50% -25% 0% 25%<br />

Share of all reports (%)


Chart 1.7. Rating of AIG in U.S. Media 2002-2005<br />

240<br />

100%<br />

220<br />

Number of reports<br />

200<br />

180<br />

80%<br />

Spitzer<br />

160<br />

140<br />

60%<br />

SARS<br />

120<br />

Criticism:<br />

Financial reporting<br />

100<br />

80<br />

practices<br />

40%<br />

60<br />

40<br />

Awareness threshold<br />

20%<br />

positive<br />

no clear<br />

20<br />

rating<br />

0<br />

1 5 9 1 5 9 1 5 9 1<br />

0%<br />

1 5 9 1 5 9 1 5 9 1<br />

negative<br />

3 7 11 3 7 11 3 7 11 3 3 7 11 3 7 11 3 7 11 3<br />

2002 2003 2004 2005 2002 2003 2004 2005<br />

Basis: 886 reports in NYT, WSJ, USA Today, WP, Time, Newsweek, ABC, CBS, NBC evening news<br />

ing barrier between the financial<br />

industry and the rest of society. On<br />

the 20t h anniversary of the fall of the<br />

Berlin wall, many studies were published<br />

concerning the construction<br />

and conquest of the “anti-capitalist<br />

barrier”. Whereas in the beginning<br />

too little information flow relating to<br />

each side allowed the maintenance<br />

of such defences, the second half of<br />

the 80s could not contain the web of<br />

deceit anymore thanks in particular<br />

to television. A continuous flow of information<br />

in both directions is, after<br />

all, the basis for trust.<br />

The chart on the communication<br />

activities of AIG demonstrates one<br />

of the reasons why the institution<br />

could, in the end, only be protected<br />

from collapse using USD 170 billion of<br />

taxpayer‘s money. Those responsible<br />

at AIG operated according to the old<br />

principle: “Every day we’re not mentioned<br />

in the media is a good day”<br />

– correspondingly poor therefore was<br />

the knowledge of just how valid their<br />

business model actually was.<br />

This behavioural pattern was not<br />

only to be observed by the insurers,<br />

but also by the banks. UBS in particular<br />

started at exactly the time when<br />

its customers needed more information<br />

but did not want to take the<br />

responsibility for the communication.<br />

The number of interviews and guest<br />

contributions in which the executives<br />

| 23


Analysis<br />

Chart 1.8. UBS share of voice in UK, US and German media, 2002-2008<br />

60%<br />

50%<br />

40%<br />

30%<br />

20%<br />

10%<br />

0%<br />

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008<br />

Basis: 28,476 reports on UBS in42 international media<br />

could have generated trust in their<br />

own company (i.e. share of voice)<br />

continuously declined at just the time<br />

when mutual discussion would have<br />

been increasingly important, as can<br />

be seen in chart 1.8.<br />

This dip in the phase in which not<br />

only customers but also the rest of society,<br />

whose approval for the authorisation<br />

of the tax billions was and is<br />

essential for the continued existence<br />

of the financial institution, should<br />

have been serviced by urgent, honest<br />

information. Failure to provide this<br />

is the actual reason why the industry<br />

cannot rely on or expect now a cheap<br />

“Absolvo te”. Cowardice is not one<br />

of the virtues that Aristotle had listed<br />

24 |<br />

Minimum share of voice<br />

including research quotes<br />

Minimum share of voice<br />

excluding research quotes<br />

Share of v oice<br />

for the development of a State. They<br />

would then be expendable for the<br />

res publica.<br />

This silence went hand in hand with<br />

a decline in the perception of the<br />

banks as experts. Already, before the<br />

UBS, Bear Stearns or Lehman crises,<br />

the public would increasingly hear<br />

the word: “recession”. Even if most<br />

of them are not able to precisely<br />

define what is comprised, they were<br />

at least aware that no positive hopes<br />

were to be associated with it. Chart<br />

1.9 shows the deflationary extent<br />

to which the term was used – long<br />

before any country in the final quarter<br />

of 2008 was defined as being in<br />

recession in respect of this definition:


The experts in the finance industry<br />

in 2010 are now faced with the twin<br />

questions: Why did they not provide<br />

the continuous information regarding<br />

their own situation which the<br />

market and the customers so urgently<br />

needed in order that they could form<br />

their own judgement and, if necessary,<br />

allow them to select alternatives<br />

in good time? Houses which were<br />

not so enmeshed in the sub-prime<br />

or the various other “making money<br />

out of money” campaigns seem to<br />

have found this more possible. And<br />

at the same time, the people would<br />

have been grateful if the highly paid<br />

analysts would have given them<br />

precise information; it seems that<br />

their horror scenarios offered for<br />

sale were only intended to get the<br />

governments to approve the bailout<br />

Chart 1.9. The “R-Word Index” 09/2007 – 12/2008<br />

7000<br />

6000<br />

5000<br />

4000<br />

3000<br />

2000<br />

1000<br />

0<br />

Stories mentioning the word "recession"<br />

scenarios quicker which actually corresponded<br />

to the data of the world<br />

economy.<br />

People react according to the information<br />

offered to them – accordingly<br />

it can come as no surprise to anyone<br />

that the Germans, in 2009, losing<br />

their leading role as the export world<br />

champion would place less and less<br />

trust, not only in the banks, but now<br />

in the entire system: the approval<br />

rates for democracy in general and<br />

for the social market economy sank<br />

further by more than 20% in 2009. In<br />

view of this information offering this<br />

comes as no surprise (see chart 1.10<br />

on the next page).<br />

The example of Allianz or Commerzbank<br />

demonstrates that this does not<br />

11/13/2008:<br />

“30-nation<br />

OECD area<br />

appeared to<br />

have entered<br />

recession”<br />

9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12<br />

2007 2008<br />

Basis: Factiva database query for Dow Jones and Reuters Newswires<br />

| 25


Analysis<br />

have to be system-immanent: When,<br />

more than 12 years ago, the Holocaust<br />

class-action suits by Ed Fagan<br />

dominated the headlines of media<br />

around the globe, the executives at<br />

Allianz did not hide behind their relatively<br />

secure legal positions. Instead,<br />

they not only remained available to<br />

journalists day after day, but they<br />

opened their archives for qualified<br />

researchers so that they could first<br />

understand the mistakes made then,<br />

and secondly, draw appropriate conclusions<br />

for the 21st century. Similarly<br />

open was the communication by the<br />

people of Munich concerning the joys<br />

and sorrows that their relationship<br />

with the Dresdner Bank had bestowed<br />

on them. For Allianz, openly<br />

speaking about their own mistakes<br />

is not a sign of weakness but part of<br />

20%<br />

15%<br />

10%<br />

5%<br />

0%<br />

2001 2003 2005 2007 2009<br />

2002 2004 2006 2008<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

the usual dealings with stakeholders.<br />

The communication activities of<br />

Commerzbank are similar – although<br />

everyone can understand that the<br />

Frankfurters will not have to pay entertainment<br />

taxes for 2008 and 2009.<br />

But as long as these examples are<br />

more the exception than the rule,<br />

the fundamental doubt in the social<br />

contribution of financial institutions<br />

will remain. This is all the more so<br />

as long as they don‘t, sooner rather<br />

than later, eliminate three main<br />

blocks from the wall between them<br />

and the rest of the societies which<br />

they should serve:<br />

1. Whoever believes that they can,<br />

alone, offer a market something<br />

trustworthy with 800,000 “products”<br />

and 500,000 certificates in Germany<br />

Chart 1.10. Political values in German TV news: The economic system,<br />

salience and evaluation 2001-2009<br />

30%<br />

Share of all reports<br />

100%<br />

25%<br />

on values (%)<br />

80%<br />

Basis: 6,134 reports in ARD and ZDF news<br />

26 |<br />

0%<br />

2001 2003 2005 2007 2009<br />

2002 2004 2006 2008<br />

positive<br />

no clear<br />

rating<br />

negative


without having these inspected by<br />

an independent authority will time<br />

and again come up against the same<br />

problems.<br />

2. Whoever thinks that they can,<br />

without a compelling reason, commit<br />

the offence of client betrayal in order<br />

to optimise premium proceeds in the<br />

short term underestimates the potential<br />

of communication by the victims<br />

3. Whoever continues to communicate<br />

externally that no qualified<br />

person is prepared to come to work<br />

to fulfil his duties for less than USD<br />

500,000 in annual income, slaps 90%<br />

of all serving professors, doctors,<br />

delegates, small and medium-sized<br />

businesses, teachers, priests, etc in<br />

the face. Most of their own employees<br />

as well as journalists are expressly<br />

included.<br />

| 27


Analysis<br />

1.2. The Loss of <strong>Trust</strong> and Personalisation<br />

By Matthias Vollbracht<br />

Media in recent years has increasingly<br />

focused their corporate reporting on<br />

CEO’s, and the image of top bankers<br />

has correspondingly played a major<br />

role in the overall reputation of the<br />

industry. Even though the ratio of<br />

CEO to company reporting has not<br />

yet reached 4:1 as has long been the<br />

case in political reporting, the proportion<br />

of coverage of managers as<br />

against their corporations specifically<br />

has, in recent years increased to more<br />

than 30%. The chairperson of the<br />

Board thus increasingly represents<br />

the company, not only in the legal<br />

sense, but also in terms of public perception.<br />

Therefore, he is also ascribed<br />

an ever greater direct responsibility<br />

in media reports and what happens<br />

within the company is ever more personalised<br />

– to the point that single<br />

key words („God‘s work“) and even<br />

gestures of the CEO can characterise<br />

the image of an entire company.<br />

For journalists, personalisation is<br />

often easier than painstakingly<br />

researching the details of individual<br />

concrete responsibilities and reporting<br />

structures within the company.<br />

For CEOs this means that non-communication,<br />

as was the case in earlier<br />

times, no longer has the same meaning<br />

as merely not being mentioned<br />

in public. Instead, there is a clearly<br />

recognisable tendency to make the<br />

chief executive responsible for what<br />

happens in terms of the reporting<br />

28 |<br />

– including the detail. Personalisation<br />

in reporting on the financial<br />

crisis is on the one hand a catalyst for<br />

scandalising events, but on the other<br />

hand it is also a key to finding the<br />

solution to the problem, to rebuild<br />

trust. Nevertheless, personalisation<br />

does not work in favour of the CEO<br />

automatically – to the contrary.<br />

The trend towards personalisation<br />

and to a critical handling of the<br />

elite, including and especially the<br />

top management of companies, is<br />

an international trend, as research<br />

by Media Tenor and the corresponding<br />

surveys by Pew and Gallup in<br />

numerous markets have shown. <strong>Trust</strong><br />

in the top management of business<br />

had already suffered a hit before the<br />

outbreak of the financial crisis and<br />

their reputation was damaged. A significant<br />

part of this diminished trust<br />

was caused by the failure to solve the<br />

problems causing the collapse of the<br />

New Economy.<br />

What role does personalisation now<br />

play with respect to the financial<br />

crisis? Much research into the causes<br />

for the financial crisis has yet to be<br />

completed, but the experts are already<br />

agreed on one trigger and one<br />

consequence: namely the absence of<br />

trust. It puts pressure on the relationships<br />

between the banks to this day<br />

to the extent that they hoard the<br />

government rescue package funds


and it also puts pressure on the<br />

relationships of customers with the<br />

financial world – one indicator of<br />

which is the exorbitant gold price.<br />

What is the connection between<br />

the financial crisis and the absence<br />

of trust? At the heart of it, is the<br />

perception that many actors in the<br />

world of finance, in particular in the<br />

banks, have in recent years lost their<br />

sense of being responsible trustees<br />

of the assets entrusted to them. They<br />

are felt instead to have treated the<br />

money as if it was their own – without<br />

any accountability.<br />

The causes for the breakdown of<br />

trust include:<br />

- Greed awakened by making unrealistic<br />

promises<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

0%<br />

A crisis for which no-one takes responsibility<br />

is a huge burden on the future.<br />

Frank Wiebe, Handelsblatt 7.4.2009<br />

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007<br />

- Promises not kept<br />

- Non-disclosure of risks<br />

- Taking no responsibility for mistakes<br />

made and a lack of any effort<br />

to rectify matters<br />

- No transparent communication<br />

of lessons learnt from the crisis<br />

or strengthening of orientation<br />

towards serving as a trustee<br />

In interpersonal relationships this<br />

would be understood as culpable<br />

action by the other and the key to<br />

regaining trust would be understanding,<br />

remorse, restitution and<br />

behavioural change. If reconciliation<br />

is unsuccessful, increased distance<br />

would be the natural consequence<br />

in addition to lasting damage to the<br />

image of the party triggering the<br />

conflict because the victim usually<br />

Chart 2.1. Personalisation in reporting on DAX 30 companies,<br />

2002-2007 (ratio of actors in %)<br />

100%<br />

Basis: 286.180 stories on DAX companies and managers in 21 German and international media,<br />

Source: Vollbracht & Brettschneider 2009<br />

company<br />

other board members<br />

CEO<br />

| 29


Analysis<br />

Chart 2.2. Evaluation of CEOs in reporting on DAX 30 companies,<br />

2002-2007 (share of positive evaluations - share of negative evaluations in %)<br />

2%<br />

0%<br />

-2%<br />

-4%<br />

-6%<br />

-8%<br />

Balance of +/- rating (per cent)<br />

-10%<br />

2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007<br />

Basis: 286.180 stories on DAX companies and managers in 21 German and international media,<br />

Source: Vollbracht & Brettschneider 2009<br />

communicates the bad experience<br />

more broadly, be such communication<br />

solicited or unsolicited. But,<br />

what does it look like if the relationships<br />

are more abstract as they are,<br />

for instance, between customers and<br />

companies? And what role does communication<br />

play in it?<br />

And what role does the top management<br />

of banks play in regard to the<br />

financial crisis? Customers usually do<br />

not conclude a contract directly with<br />

a CEO but with a company. And a<br />

CEO cannot be held directly and personally<br />

liable for the mistakes made<br />

by individual employees, such as<br />

providing incorrect advice, when the<br />

number of staff is in the thousands.<br />

30 |<br />

How has top management in corporate<br />

finance, especially the banks,<br />

conducted itself in recent years? The<br />

last bank crisis was not that long<br />

ago. The collapse of the so-called<br />

New Economy bubble brought many<br />

banks into existential difficulties.<br />

In 2002, the leading U.S. media reported<br />

an excess of just on 40% negative<br />

reports on the banking sector<br />

fuelled by contributions regarding<br />

financial difficulties, fraud, accounting<br />

errors and incompetence. Already<br />

with values of -10% over a period of<br />

more than two months it is evident<br />

that the public is no longer getting<br />

the decisive positive information it<br />

requires to regain trust. But, the CEO


is perceived as taking responsibility<br />

for the full picture in public. Reporting<br />

in the wake of the sub-prime<br />

and then the financial and economic<br />

crisis once again clearly exceeded<br />

the negative picture of 2002, as the<br />

graph above shows.<br />

<strong>Trust</strong> killer #1: Wrong or incomplete<br />

information<br />

The banks could have seen from the<br />

2002 crisis that transparency and trust<br />

are crucial in conducting business<br />

and in communications, and that the<br />

banks are able to develop the best<br />

reputation in the eyes of the public if<br />

their work contributes to a well-func-<br />

2003-2007 2008 2009<br />

tioning real economy and increased<br />

prosperity through supporting<br />

growth in the various countries of<br />

their operations. Instead of shifting<br />

these core tasks of the banks to the<br />

fore and transparently providing<br />

information regarding their transactions,<br />

the top management of banks<br />

in recent years permitted themselves<br />

to be reduced in media reporting to<br />

stories about salaries, bonuses and<br />

the mistakes made during the internet<br />

bubble. A further opportunity<br />

to change course could have been<br />

provided by the findings of the New<br />

York state attorney Elliot Spitzer.<br />

Spitzer took on, with great media<br />

Chart 2.3. It didn’t start with Lehman, but that made it worse…,<br />

Balance of +/- rating of the Banking industry (per cent)<br />

0%<br />

-10%<br />

-20%<br />

-30%<br />

-40%<br />

-50%<br />

-60%<br />

Basis: 14.562 stories on the banking industry in German, UK and U.S. TV evening news 1/2003 – 9/2009<br />

U.S.<br />

UK<br />

Germany<br />

The long-term analysis shows that the loss of trust in the banking industry did<br />

not start with Lehman. The trust meltdown started after the collapse of the<br />

“New Economy”. But in the aftermath of the Lehman-collapse, rating has declined<br />

to levels not seen before.<br />

| 31


Analysis<br />

impact, the alleged or actual misconduct<br />

by banks, insurance companies<br />

and funds and forced them through a<br />

campaign of expensive comparisons.<br />

This made clear the extent to which<br />

success in business depends on public<br />

acceptance. Moreover, in many companies<br />

there is actually a minimum<br />

level of acceptance that needs to be<br />

achieved with the public, in addition<br />

to the mere legal approval for<br />

conducting business, if they are to be<br />

able to conduct business successfully.<br />

This so-called “licence to operate”<br />

is ultimately decisive for whether a<br />

company can do what it is permitted<br />

to do successfully. So far however this<br />

fact has become part of the business<br />

strategies of too few companies.<br />

What is the media reporting like now<br />

on the bank’s CEOs in the current<br />

crisis? As mentioned above, building<br />

trust in personal relationships after<br />

huge mistakes have been made is<br />

only possible once such mistakes have<br />

also been admitted to as being such.<br />

However, in the view of leading journalists<br />

admissions of mistakes are still<br />

the exception rather than the rule.<br />

Instead, journalists and insiders, such<br />

as the former communications head<br />

of Lehman Brothers, Andrew Gowers,<br />

bear witness to the loss of reality on<br />

the executive floor.<br />

A much-loved and oft repeated<br />

sentence from the mouths of bank<br />

officials in recent years has been<br />

32 |<br />

that Lehman’s bankruptcy came as<br />

a surprise and could not have been<br />

foreseen. Until Lehman‘s collapse,<br />

the problems in the finance industry<br />

were above all about the increasing<br />

risk connected to sub-prime<br />

shares, because shares in American<br />

real estate were of dubious value.<br />

Did the crisis really come as a surprise?<br />

The U.S. Wall Street Journal<br />

already reported on September 17 th ,<br />

2005 a study according to which the<br />

value of mortgage-backed securities<br />

depended in particular on whether<br />

the economy would continue to<br />

grow. On November 12 th of the same<br />

year, the paper reported on falling<br />

demand for real estate and increasing<br />

interest receivables; on November<br />

16 th , 2005, a report on dubious business<br />

practices was filed stating that<br />

the granting of credit for residential<br />

property was made too easy and that<br />

the risks were growing.<br />

The risks in the market were thus<br />

known and yet the individual exposure<br />

of each finance house, in a<br />

range of cases, was kept quiet or the<br />

risks were not appropriately presented.<br />

There are numerous reports<br />

on how the public, as well as shareholders,<br />

were systematically wrongly<br />

informed by the banks and their<br />

CEOs of the risks the banks faced.<br />

Particularly enlightening were the<br />

revelations of the last chief communicator<br />

of Lehman Brothers, the former<br />

Editor-in-Chief of the Financial Times,


Andrew Gowers. In the German<br />

newspaper, Die Welt, on December<br />

20 th , 2008 in a review of the meltdown<br />

in the finance industry, he<br />

reported on the day Lehman went<br />

bankrupt and the events preceding<br />

it. According to the article, the bank<br />

engaged in deception, especially<br />

after the collapse of Bear Stearns in<br />

April 2008 and waged an outright<br />

war against critics such as fund manager<br />

David Einhorn who had criticised<br />

Lehman’s balance sheet disclosures.<br />

The report portrays Lehman’s<br />

top management at the end as being<br />

ever more doggedly involved in<br />

internal power struggles and increasingly<br />

out of touch with reality. Until<br />

the morning of the 15 th of September,<br />

financial markets and customers were<br />

reassured that the bank had sufficient<br />

liquidity. Paradoxically, CEO<br />

Richard Fuld had himself, already in<br />

January 2007, at the World Economic<br />

Forum told his guests at lunch that<br />

he was concerned that “this could<br />

be the year in which the markets<br />

explode”. The risks were known<br />

– even at Lehman Brothers. But<br />

instead of interpreting the signs on<br />

the wall as a signal to change course<br />

and distancing oneself from the risks<br />

in good time and building up trust,<br />

the actual drama of the situation<br />

was concealed and attempts were<br />

made to silence the critics. Against<br />

this backdrop, statements by leading<br />

bankers proclaiming that Lehman’s<br />

collapse had “surprised” them only<br />

resulted in a further loss of competence<br />

in the eyes of the media and<br />

the public.<br />

There are more examples to hand<br />

of misleading information emanating<br />

from the top as the cases of<br />

UBS, the major Swiss bank, or even<br />

Credit Suisse demonstrate. The Swiss<br />

newspaper, Neue Zürcher Zeitung<br />

(NZZ), ascribed to the UBS an „information<br />

policy that was characterised<br />

less by transparency and was more<br />

markedly conservative, sometimes<br />

confusing“ (1.10.2007) and asks<br />

how it could come to the surprising<br />

recognition of a write-off of CHF 4<br />

billion primarily on sub-prime bonds<br />

and why the problems in investment<br />

banking were not already transparently<br />

reported on in July 2007. The<br />

information policy of the banks<br />

must, above all, be seen against the<br />

backdrop of the already early debate<br />

around the problems banks were<br />

having with sub-prime shares. The<br />

lack of transparency at UBS resulted<br />

in a lasting negative image, as it also<br />

did for other banks, even after the<br />

top management had been changed<br />

and operative measures for containing<br />

the crisis had been undertaken,<br />

as happened in the case of UBS.<br />

Former CEO, Peter Wuffli, damaged<br />

the reputation of the bank severely<br />

through this.<br />

Credit Suisse only just managed to<br />

emerge from the financial crisis with<br />

| 33


Analysis<br />

a positive media image. But it duped<br />

both its investors and the public in<br />

February 2008. Based on the annual<br />

results of 12.2.2008, the Neue Züricher<br />

Zeitung still praised the „amazingly<br />

crisis-proof Credit Suisse; comparatively<br />

few write-offs of impaired<br />

sub-prime positions”; the bank took<br />

another stab only one week later and<br />

publicised another CHF 1.1 billion in<br />

write-offs. “The end of an illusion”<br />

for the NZZ (20.2.2008).<br />

<strong>Trust</strong> killer #2 Lack of insight and<br />

excuses<br />

Insight is the pre-requisite for<br />

change. In face of the hundreds of<br />

billions of euros given as support<br />

packages, EUR 100 billion for the German<br />

Hypo Real Estate and the USD<br />

180 billion investment by the Ameri-<br />

Chart 2.4. No signs of a rebound<br />

Media rating of UBS, 01/2005-04/2009<br />

100%<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

0%<br />

1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10 1 4<br />

2005 2006 2007 2008 2009<br />

Basis: 16.305 reports on UBS in 50 international media<br />

34 |<br />

can government to stave off the<br />

collapse of the American insurer, AIG,<br />

the public, citizens, customers and<br />

politicians saw the finance industry as<br />

severely battered. Against this backdrop,<br />

after the collapse of Lehman<br />

and the crisis in the banking industry,<br />

which dragged the real economy<br />

down with it, the public expected the<br />

top bankers to also show some insight<br />

in public and to admit to having<br />

made mistakes. The consequences of<br />

the Lehman bankruptcy not only ravaged<br />

the savings of numerous small<br />

investors. The collapse of trust in the<br />

financial sector, within just a few<br />

weeks, led to the wipe-out of the<br />

large order books of 2007/2008 and<br />

to idle times in businesses, short time<br />

work and numerous insolvencies.<br />

positiv e<br />

no clear rating<br />

negativ e


But, instead of taking the responsibility<br />

for this event before the public<br />

and expressing their empathy with<br />

the victims, many banking heads<br />

chose to not speak to journalists at all<br />

any more, partly also on the advice of<br />

their in-house lawyers who wanted<br />

to avoid being sued for damages, a<br />

practice widely prevalent in the U.S.<br />

In this respect, the route taken by<br />

Commerzbank head Martin Blessing,<br />

CEO of the second largest German<br />

bank, on 18 October 2008 in BILD,<br />

the German tabloid magazine with<br />

the largest readership, is an exception.<br />

Blessing admitted in an interview<br />

there that: “The entire banking<br />

industry has an enormous responsibility<br />

for the crisis – including myself as<br />

the head of the second largest bank<br />

in Germany. It is a terrible thing that<br />

the people in our country need to<br />

worry about their money. We, as an<br />

industry, have certainly not covered<br />

ourselves in glory. We will have to do<br />

this better in the future.” Klaus-Peter<br />

Müller, in charge of the Supervisory<br />

Board, was also similarly quoted: “I<br />

have made some mistakes”.<br />

But Müller and Blessing are exceptions,<br />

as journalists have come to<br />

know with regret repeatedly in<br />

the past 18 months. Frank Wiebe,<br />

Editor of the Handelsblatt, wrote<br />

on 7.4.2009: “Bankers must admit<br />

their mistakes if they want to regain<br />

trust“ and “A crisis for which noone<br />

takes responsibility is a huge<br />

burden on the future”. From where<br />

should this trust come so that the<br />

disaster will not be repeated when<br />

no-one is willing to be answerable<br />

and say that they are up against a<br />

wall? What is actually observed is<br />

precisely this: no-one wants to take<br />

the responsibility. Scores of banking<br />

CEOs, such as the CEO of Deutsche<br />

Bank Josef Ackermann did not go<br />

that far. Many banking CEOs would<br />

rather say that the financial crisis had<br />

passed over them like an unavoidable<br />

natural force; the former UBS<br />

president Marcel Ospel for instance<br />

talked about a “storm“, “upheavals”<br />

and “turbulences” (Tagesanzeiger,<br />

December 31 st , 2008). And only a few<br />

went so far as to immediately pack<br />

their bags when the responsibility<br />

was publicly declared, like Groupe<br />

Caisse d‘Epargne CEO Milhaud (WSJ<br />

20.10.2008). The New York Times<br />

writes about the hearing of four<br />

Wall Street CEOs before the Financial<br />

Crisis Inquiry Commission: “Summoned<br />

to Capitol Hill to explain<br />

their companies’ roles in the worst<br />

economic downturn since the Depression,<br />

leaders of four big Wall Street<br />

banks offered a largely clinical take<br />

on the financial crisis on Wednesday,<br />

pointing to lapses in risk management<br />

and government regulation but<br />

offering little sense of the turmoil’s<br />

human toll.” When Blankfein, CEO<br />

of Goldman Sachs, made the connection<br />

between aspects of the financial<br />

crisis and a hurricane and Acts of God<br />

| 35


Analysis<br />

during the hearing, Phil Angelides,<br />

a Democrat and former California<br />

finance minister interjected: “Acts of<br />

God, we’ll exempt. These were acts<br />

of men and women.” (13.10.2010).<br />

In a personalised media world, trust<br />

can only be regained when CEOs take<br />

the responsibility. As they, in any<br />

case, already have this responsibility<br />

contractually, it would be a step<br />

towards the expected honesty if this<br />

assumption of responsibility would<br />

also take place in the communication.<br />

Many if not all assumptions<br />

of responsibility would have to end<br />

with a withdrawal but, with it, the<br />

requirement for a credible new beginning<br />

would be created. And even<br />

if a leader would withdraw due to<br />

the assumed responsibility, it would<br />

generate the required respect for the<br />

next appointment.<br />

A sidenote: The example of the former<br />

Lehman Brothers CEO, Richard<br />

Fuld, makes another aspect of insight<br />

necessary which represents the prerequisite<br />

for credible leadership.<br />

Fuld could no longer pull the strings<br />

of the increasingly brutal power<br />

struggles in the bank together. According<br />

to insiders like Andrew Gowers<br />

this was also the result of his own<br />

leadership style and internal communication<br />

in the bank which was<br />

characterised by military rigour and<br />

reportedly a contempt for people. So,<br />

in his hour of need, he was without<br />

36 |<br />

the much-needed loyalty of his management<br />

team.<br />

<strong>Trust</strong> killer #3: Socio-political realities<br />

not taken into account<br />

Hand in hand with personalisation is<br />

the fact that reporting of the image<br />

itself has increased, and that, far<br />

more frequently in the media now,<br />

compared to the 90’s, not only positive<br />

and negative facts pertaining to<br />

companies were reported on but also<br />

what third parties such as analysts,<br />

competitors or journalists had at the<br />

same time provided in explanation,<br />

as to whether these facts would have<br />

a beneficial or detrimental effect on<br />

the company’s reputation.<br />

The issue here is that, in certain<br />

companies for instance a certain<br />

salary gap between the CEO and<br />

his gatekeepers is socially tolerable,<br />

that certain economic targets such as<br />

returns percentages are regarded as<br />

sensible or greedy and that certain<br />

demonstrations of economic power<br />

and prestige would find recognition<br />

in one environment, but be rejected<br />

in another environment. The<br />

non-observance of the written and<br />

unwritten laws of this socio-political<br />

reality can lead to companies quickly<br />

becoming embroiled in a real scandal<br />

which could endanger their financial<br />

existence. Examples of inappropriate<br />

conduct abounded during the banking<br />

crisis: complaints about bonuses<br />

from the dismissed Boards of bank-


upt banks or insurance companies<br />

are included just as much as, in the<br />

German context, the 25 percent return<br />

target setting by Deutsche Bank<br />

CEO, Josef Ackermann.<br />

The effects of such breaks with taboos<br />

have a major impact on image.<br />

This is evidenced by the U.S. reports<br />

on the bonus demands made by AIG<br />

managers. Between November 2008<br />

and January 2009, 84 contributions<br />

in The Wall Street Journal alone<br />

reported on President Obama in<br />

connection with AIG and bonuses.<br />

The political factor made the topic<br />

of management bonuses attractive<br />

even for journalists from TV stations<br />

and tabloids around the globe. The<br />

consequence of that is that the management<br />

of banks are not presented<br />

as the solution but as the problem.<br />

Analyses of German, British and U.S.<br />

media regarding the banking industry<br />

shows that management is ranked<br />

no. 2 in negative topics since the<br />

collapse of Lehman Brothers. Politicians,<br />

who, just as the central banks,<br />

are also not without blame, make the<br />

managers of the banks a welcome<br />

target at which national rage can be<br />

directed.<br />

But, it is not only the bonus payments,<br />

it is also the reports of the salary<br />

increases, the lifestyle – especially<br />

of investment bankers – and the<br />

reports of a lack of a solid base which<br />

have eroded the trust in the top<br />

bankers. Goldman Sachs, which latterly<br />

came increasingly into the vision<br />

field of capitalism’s critics, is again<br />

an example to be mentioned here. In<br />

the Michael Moor Film “Capitalism:<br />

A Love Story”. CEO Lloyd Blankfein<br />

is featured with his quotation saying<br />

that the banks do “God‘s work“ (Sunday<br />

Times 8.11.2009), which caused a<br />

range of reactions from the shaking<br />

of heads to angry attacks, although<br />

he had apparently only wanted to<br />

point out that the banks must, by<br />

means of functioning money and<br />

financial markets, ensure that the<br />

markets function, develop prices and<br />

strive for the maximum interest rate<br />

level for capital where it will create<br />

wealth. Very similar in meaning, but<br />

with a different tone, Adam Smith<br />

spoke of the “invisible hand”.<br />

The public, much scared by the crisis,<br />

is eager to also misunderstand such<br />

quotes, just as the “peanuts” quotation<br />

when the then Board spokesperson<br />

of Deutsche Bank, Hilmar Klopper,<br />

at a press conference wanted to<br />

shrug off 50 million unpaid artisan<br />

invoices as a result of the bankruptcy<br />

of Schneider, the property tycoon.<br />

Whereas DM 50 million (today some<br />

EUR 25 million) as a write-off will<br />

probably not cause sleepless nights<br />

for the Board from the viewpoint of<br />

the largest German bank, that will be<br />

still decide the fate of hundreds of<br />

small businesses.<br />

| 37


Analysis<br />

Chart 2.5. Management framed as problem, not as solution,<br />

number of negative stories on banks, 09/2008-09/2009<br />

Business Results/Finance<br />

Management<br />

Politics/Regulation<br />

Strategy/M&S<br />

Image / PR / Scandals<br />

Stock<br />

HR<br />

Products<br />

Pricing/Marketing<br />

Wages<br />

Basis: 139,495 stories on banks in German, UK and US print and TV media<br />

When in the autumn of 2008, parliaments<br />

and governments were creating<br />

legislation in record time in order<br />

to support the financial system and<br />

prevent a global “meltdown”, the<br />

public was convinced, in the face of<br />

the dramatic risk reporting in the media,<br />

that the banks would be deeply<br />

grateful for such expensive rescue<br />

lifelines. Instead, at least according<br />

to media reports, several top bankers<br />

reacted with arrogance rather than<br />

gratitude thereby ensuring that both<br />

politicians and the general population<br />

became incensed.<br />

As the recession triggered by the<br />

financial crisis and government<br />

rescue measures ripped large holes<br />

in national budgets, expectations by<br />

38 |<br />

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600<br />

the public of the banks and bankers<br />

increased further during the course<br />

of 2009. This is demonstrated in the<br />

discussion on the taxation of large<br />

bonuses as well as the partly overdone<br />

vilification of politicians surrounding<br />

the alleged credit crunch.<br />

The criticism may be unjustified in<br />

some areas. The problem is nevertheless<br />

that the many reports of black<br />

sheep in the media give the impression<br />

that ethical conduct by banks<br />

and responsible bankers are the<br />

exception and not the rule.<br />

This impression could however also<br />

have come about because many<br />

bankers have in recent years not<br />

dared, for instance, to take part in<br />

talk shows and to fight for their


point of viewor clarify areas where<br />

the populace has mixed up the facts.<br />

In addition, questions must be raised<br />

as to whether careless references to<br />

the “Great Depression”, and correspondingly<br />

dramatic visuals in the<br />

media, did not exacerbate the risk of<br />

a meltdown in the financial system<br />

and whether the recession has, by<br />

virtue of curbed spending and investing,<br />

not perhaps taken the depth<br />

that has hitherto been presented.<br />

The term “systems relevance” has, for<br />

the bankers, in any case made access<br />

to State funds far easier compared to<br />

other sectors and is also a reason why<br />

the population is currently looking at<br />

bankers‘ salaries with a particularly<br />

critical eye.<br />

The status quo<br />

The negative reporting on the crisis<br />

in the financial sector and those responsible<br />

has resulted in the situation<br />

that the bank managers have in the<br />

meantime been made socio-politically<br />

liable not only for the mistakes<br />

of the sector but, due to the many<br />

eloquent speeches, also for every<br />

other evil in the world. This can be<br />

seen in management reporting in the<br />

influential, opinion-leading British<br />

daily and weekly newspapers as well<br />

as television news if one for once<br />

disregards the financial and specialist<br />

press: RBS received not only double<br />

the attention as compared with other<br />

banks on matters pertaining to its<br />

top management, but the leading<br />

daily newspapers, weekly media and<br />

television, with it in excess of 32%<br />

negative evaluations, a truly damning<br />

judgement. HBOS was criticised<br />

even more sharply (-49.7%). The<br />

many years of research by Media Tenor<br />

indicate that the loss in trust had<br />

already sets in as soon as there is an<br />

excess of 5% negative news reports<br />

and that, at 30 percent and more, the<br />

selection of news is so negative that<br />

it usually causes a long-lasting loss in<br />

trust. Long-lasting means that negative<br />

attitudes to the person or the<br />

company are still recorded in surveys<br />

up to 12 months later.<br />

Surveys indicate that trust in the<br />

Wall Street bankers is in the meanwhile<br />

at 4%. Media Tenor analysts<br />

have shown in the last 15 years that<br />

after a trust crisis, once the negative<br />

reporting ceases and the problem is<br />

presented as solved, or once it disappears<br />

from view, it takes at least 9<br />

months before trust may again be<br />

generated. In the face of the low<br />

points in the media image of banks<br />

mentioned at the outset, it can be<br />

assumed that 9 months will not be<br />

enough in this instance. But how can<br />

any CEO communication again present<br />

a contribution to building trust?<br />

Ways out of the crisis<br />

Incorrect handling versus defective<br />

communication<br />

Two aspects must be kept in mind<br />

when it comes to restoring trust,<br />

| 39


Analysis<br />

even with the help of good communication.<br />

As mentioned above, it is<br />

crucial to understand what the causes<br />

were for the loss in trust: incorrect<br />

handling and defective communication<br />

or a mix of the two. Incorrect<br />

handling includes, for example, the<br />

loss of entrusted customer assets<br />

through bad investment decisions,<br />

managing employees with the<br />

wrong incentives or the cutting of<br />

credit lines based on a herd mentality<br />

and not on individual risk profiles.<br />

Misconduct also includes improper<br />

handling of customer data.<br />

Defective communication includes<br />

refusing to provide information to<br />

journalists and the public regarding<br />

the extent to which the industry<br />

problems affect them or in the clas-<br />

Chart 2.6. Manager rating UK broadsheets & TV,<br />

1-10/2009<br />

RBS<br />

Lloy ds TSB<br />

Barclay s<br />

HBOS<br />

HSBC<br />

Citi<br />

Bank of America<br />

Goldman Sachs<br />

JP Morgan<br />

Lehman Brothers<br />

-60%<br />

-40%<br />

-20%<br />

Basis 33,832 stories on banks in UK broad sheets and TV news (14 media)<br />

40 |<br />

sification of the relevance of certain<br />

events such as the Lehman Brothers<br />

bankruptcy. Defective communication<br />

includes the communication<br />

of wrong topics at the wrong time.<br />

Defective communication includes<br />

inability to correctly read the political<br />

and social sensitivities and to include<br />

them properly in one‘s own communications.<br />

Admit mistakes and introduce<br />

changes<br />

But above all as the basis for regaining<br />

trust, it must be communicated<br />

that mistakes made are also described<br />

as such. In-house lawyers can<br />

give helpful advice regarding this<br />

in individual cases such as how to<br />

prevent the class action complaints<br />

industry from gaining inappropri-<br />

0% 20% 40%<br />

negativ e<br />

positiv e


ate financial benefits from such<br />

relevant and necessary admissions of<br />

mistakes and failures. But, primarily,<br />

the requirement for building trust<br />

in people and institutions is that<br />

misconduct must be described as such<br />

and responsibility must be taken.<br />

Without the admission of mistakes,<br />

a change in course, particularly if is<br />

often still justified with irrelevant<br />

arguments, is no change in the eyes<br />

of journalists and the public but mere<br />

window dressing.<br />

The significance of a change in course<br />

is thus not to be underestimated. The<br />

first stocktaking of the causes of the<br />

crisis indicate that even the aggressive<br />

sales practices of the banks, as a<br />

consequence of excessive growth and<br />

return expectations, have ensured<br />

that customers have in many cases<br />

not received what they wanted and<br />

needed but what helped the bank<br />

employees achieve their sales targets<br />

so that they could receive their bonuses.<br />

It will not be possible for trust<br />

to be built up with the same practices<br />

in place. Many journalists used the<br />

internet as a cheap and effective<br />

source of research in which they<br />

would seize on a single case – entirely<br />

prominent – and then provided an<br />

option for leaving comments on the<br />

website of the medium. In the last<br />

eighteen months it could often be<br />

seen that former or current employees<br />

vented their thoughts equally<br />

freely as if they were wronged cus-<br />

tomers. With this material, collected<br />

free of charge, the journalist would<br />

include it in his report to substantiate<br />

his thesis. Due to the high level<br />

of authenticity of the contributions<br />

they are highly damaging to the issue<br />

of trust. The fact that 100 responses<br />

on the internet still does not represent<br />

a statistically significant group<br />

when several millions of customers<br />

are serviced, falls by the wayside. In<br />

such cases, communication also serves<br />

as a channel for feedback into the<br />

company to provide the impetus for<br />

changes without which its reputation<br />

cannot be regained.<br />

Participation in public discourse<br />

An additional contribution to regaining<br />

trust can be the participation<br />

in public discourse for solving the<br />

problems of the company such as<br />

taking part in talk shows but also<br />

in instruments such as blogs run by<br />

the company. The regular participation<br />

of bankers, as well as other top<br />

management from business, would<br />

be important not only to be able to<br />

effectively present the company’s<br />

own arguments to the public. It<br />

would above all be important so that<br />

departments can receive unfiltered<br />

feedback from the world outside of<br />

the company on its own plans and<br />

actions.<br />

Recognise the public as a market<br />

One necessary requirement is that<br />

leaders must see communication<br />

| 41


Analysis<br />

as more than a one-off affair. Just<br />

as the conquering of new markets<br />

and the gaining of market share is<br />

inseparably bound up with setbacks<br />

and re-starts, so the market of public<br />

opinion and public trust is not won<br />

over with just a few selective campaigns,<br />

but rather only when the<br />

inertia of mass communication and<br />

the sum of the known news factors<br />

are in principle taken into account<br />

in the communication. In addition,<br />

it is necessary to recognise that acceptance<br />

in society, is different from<br />

acceptance within the company and<br />

is not achieved by power but by<br />

conviction.<br />

A further contribution to trust-building<br />

communication is discussing<br />

future plans and targets which are<br />

worth striving for in the view of the<br />

public and the customer and which<br />

do not only address short term<br />

ownership interests or mere “marketing-speak”.<br />

In the case of the CEO<br />

communication strategy must also<br />

be include discussions on the general<br />

ideas and reflections on the meaning<br />

of actions and the purpose of<br />

the business and to be understood as<br />

responsible for it to the public.<br />

Take communication seriously<br />

A last note on building trust: In many<br />

Anglo-Saxon companies especially,<br />

communication is not yet well-anchored<br />

at the rank of Board members.<br />

But if successful communication<br />

42 |<br />

in an increasingly critical public environment<br />

can first create and lay the<br />

foundations for successful business<br />

actions, then communication will belong<br />

directly on the executive floors<br />

just as much a sales and finance<br />

(please also read the interview with<br />

Michel Ogrizek).


1.3. Dick Fuld, the Man Who Brought the World<br />

to its Knees<br />

By Andrew Gowers<br />

The temperature in the room seemed<br />

to drop several degrees as the boss’s<br />

voice came on the speaker phone.<br />

“I don’t think we’re going bust this<br />

afternoon,” he said, “but I can’t<br />

be 100% sure about that. A lot of<br />

strange things are happening . . .”<br />

The four of us gathered in Lehman<br />

Brothers’ offices at Canary Wharf<br />

looked at each other, our eyes<br />

widening. We had just spent the day<br />

bashing the phones in a frantic effort<br />

to reassure journalists, investors,<br />

bankers, anyone who would listen.<br />

That was our job as members of<br />

Lehman’s communications team.<br />

The bank was fine, we kept saying.<br />

It was brimming with cash. Sure, the<br />

share price had dropped 48% in New<br />

York, but that was a panic reaction to<br />

another investment bank’s collapse<br />

and nothing to do with us. What’s<br />

more, the US authorities had indicated<br />

they would not allow another<br />

institution to fail.<br />

Yet here was one of Lehman’s top<br />

people admitting privately that<br />

even he could not be certain that a<br />

sudden, precipitous and contagious<br />

loss of market confidence would<br />

not sweep his firm, its 26,000-plus<br />

employees and its 158-year-old name<br />

into oblivion.<br />

It was only then that it fully dawned<br />

on me just how scarily unpredictable<br />

my world had become.<br />

The date was March 17, 2008, the day<br />

after Lehman’s smaller rival, Bear<br />

Stearns, had collapsed into the arms<br />

of one of the world’s largest banks,<br />

the mighty JP Morgan Chase, in a<br />

shotgun marriage that all but wiped<br />

out shareholders and cost thousands<br />

of highly paid traders their jobs.<br />

On Wall Street blind panic had<br />

ensued and its focus was Lehman<br />

Brothers.<br />

The market has a phrase for this sort<br />

of event: the death spiral. Creditors<br />

and trading partners take fright at<br />

a falling share price and threaten to<br />

cut off credit lines. Alarm is magnified<br />

by modern, instant communications.<br />

Fear feeds on itself and<br />

prophecies of doom become selffulfilling.<br />

Our freewheeling, globally<br />

integrated financial markets turn out<br />

to be built on sand.<br />

The group of us sitting in Canary<br />

Wharf could see the scenario with<br />

terrifying clarity that day. The<br />

market, cruel and unforgiving, was<br />

asking whether Lehman, now the<br />

smallest and most vulnerable of the<br />

so-called “bulge bracket” of elite<br />

global investment banks, was next.<br />

| 43


Analysis<br />

It was. On September 15, Lehman<br />

Brothers Holdings filed in New York<br />

for chapter 11 bankruptcy protection.<br />

An institution with total assets of<br />

$639 billion – more than the gross<br />

domestic product of Argentina and<br />

roughly 10 times the size of Enron<br />

when it filed for bankruptcy protection<br />

in December 2001 – had gone up<br />

in smoke.<br />

This was the largest corporate<br />

bankruptcy the world had ever seen.<br />

A firm that as recently as February<br />

had been worth $42 billion was now<br />

worth nothing. We know what happened<br />

next. Stock markets plunged<br />

and a run on funds and financial<br />

institutions brought the global financial<br />

system close to collapse. Within<br />

days, governments around the world<br />

pumped hundreds of billions of dollars<br />

into keeping banks and other<br />

companies afloat – and the world<br />

economy lurched into its worst recession<br />

in more than 70 years.<br />

“It is difficult to exaggerate the severity<br />

or importance of these events,”<br />

said Mervyn King, the governor of<br />

the Bank of England, a few weeks<br />

later. “Not since the beginning of<br />

the first world war has our banking<br />

system been so close to collapse.”<br />

And we now know we will be living<br />

with the consequences for many<br />

years to come. As one of the world’s<br />

leading investors, Mohamed El-<br />

44 |<br />

Erian, puts it: “The manner in which<br />

Lehman Brothers failed disrupted<br />

the smooth functioning of market<br />

economies. As a result, virtually every<br />

indicator of economic and financial<br />

relationships exhibits characteristics<br />

of cardiac arrest. The situation will<br />

get worse before it gets better.”<br />

How did it come to this? How could<br />

an institution as proud and dynamic<br />

as Lehman plunge within months<br />

from an outward appearance of<br />

success to failure on such a colossal<br />

scale? And how could the collapse of<br />

one financial institution – the smallest<br />

of the Wall Street investment<br />

banks – bring the world so close to<br />

financial Armageddon?<br />

More broadly, how come the collapse<br />

took many of the most sophisticated<br />

and powerful financial operators in<br />

the world so completely by surprise?<br />

Why did no one in authority apparently<br />

see the global consequences of<br />

Lehman’s failure clearly enough to<br />

want to avert it? Could it have been<br />

averted or should it have been?<br />

Quite apart from their global significance,<br />

these questions are of more<br />

than casual interest to me and to the<br />

thousands of other people who used<br />

to work at Lehman Brothers. I am still<br />

owed a sum I was promised on leaving<br />

the bank in September. I will be<br />

lucky to see more than a fraction of it<br />

– and that only in several years’ time,


once the administrators have finished<br />

picking through the wreckage.<br />

LET’S be clear: my part in this seismic<br />

story was small. I joined Lehman<br />

Brothers in London as head of<br />

corporate communications in June<br />

2006 after a long career in financial<br />

journalism.<br />

The firm seemed a confident and<br />

attractive place as it surfed a wave<br />

of easy money. Asset markets were<br />

booming; fat profits from slicing and<br />

dicing loans – including, crucially, US<br />

mortgage loans – and from proprietary<br />

trading were being funnelled<br />

into building a truly global investment<br />

banking empire. Executives<br />

were impatient to take what they regarded<br />

as their rightful place alongside<br />

Goldman Sachs in the vanguard<br />

of this modern growth industry.<br />

As I quickly discovered, nobody personified<br />

this vaulting ambition more<br />

clearly than Dick Fuld, the almost<br />

unbearably intense man who had<br />

been chairman and chief executive of<br />

Lehman since 1993.<br />

In that time – and against considerable<br />

odds, including the near failure<br />

of the firm in 1998 and the loss of its<br />

headquarters in the 9/11 attacks on<br />

Manhattan – he had built Lehman<br />

Brothers into one of the powerhouses<br />

of Wall Street, its annual profits<br />

rising year after year from $113m in<br />

1994 to a record $4.2 billion in 2007.<br />

Its stock price had multiplied 20-fold.<br />

Fuld had made a lot of people fabulously<br />

rich – shareholders, employees<br />

and of course himself. In the eight<br />

best years he had taken home a cool<br />

$300m – funding five residences,<br />

his wife Kathy’s passionate interest<br />

in modern art and a host of philanthropic<br />

activities.<br />

To say he was surrounded with a cult<br />

of personality would be an understatement.<br />

He was the textbook<br />

example of the “command-and-control<br />

CEO”. More than that, to many<br />

employees and to the outside world,<br />

he was Lehman Brothers – his character<br />

inextricably intertwined with the<br />

firm’s.<br />

Fuld inspired great loyalty and, on<br />

occasion, great fear. Those closest to<br />

him slaved like courtiers to a medieval<br />

monarch, second-guessing his<br />

moods and predilections, fretting<br />

over minute details of his schedule<br />

down to the flower arrangements<br />

and insulating him from trouble<br />

– from almost anything he might not<br />

want to hear.<br />

His ferocity could be intimidating,<br />

his eyebrows beetling tight over his<br />

hard eyes, his brutally angular brow<br />

appearing to contort in rage. He<br />

would regularly upbraid colleagues<br />

for minor wardrobe malfunctions – in<br />

| 45


Analysis<br />

Dick’s book, that tended to mean<br />

anything other than a dark suit and<br />

a white shirt or, in my case, a beard.<br />

“Are you off to the country club?” he<br />

would grunt dismissively at a senior<br />

executive committee member who<br />

looked just a tad too casual.<br />

Even when in a relatively upbeat<br />

mood he seemed to take pleasure<br />

in violent imagery. Lehman was “at<br />

war” in the market, he would say.<br />

Every day was a battle, employees<br />

were troops. At an investment banking<br />

conference in London last spring,<br />

I saw him astonish several hundred<br />

of his managing directors with a<br />

blood-curdling threat aimed at investors<br />

who were selling Lehman shares<br />

short – depressing the price.<br />

“When I find a short-seller, I want to<br />

tear his heart out and eat it before<br />

his eyes while he’s still alive,” the<br />

chairman declared. Histrionics, maybe<br />

– but with a purpose. Fuld had used<br />

this aggression to consolidate his<br />

reputation as the most successful<br />

chief executive in the banking business<br />

and one of the most respected<br />

corporate leaders in America. But<br />

the style also contained the seeds of<br />

disaster. It meant that nobody would<br />

or could challenge the boss if his<br />

judgment erred or if things started to<br />

go wrong.<br />

In good times that did not seem to<br />

matter too much. Lehman’s financial<br />

46 |<br />

record spoke for itself: 55 quarters of<br />

unbroken profit, a share price performance<br />

second to none in the industry,<br />

a dexterity and fleetness of foot<br />

that enabled it to scale up rapidly in<br />

new markets. But it also bred a fatal<br />

complacency.<br />

So when the US mortgage market<br />

tanked and the first signs of a credit<br />

crunch arrived in July and August<br />

2007, Lehman executives bragged<br />

to internal audiences that they were<br />

much better placed to weather the<br />

storm than, say Bear Stearns, the first<br />

competitor to hit real trouble.<br />

When rivals Merrill Lynch, Citigroup<br />

and Morgan Stanley wrote off billions<br />

and billions in losses on mortgages<br />

and corporate loans in their<br />

quarterly results, Fuld and his executives<br />

congratulated themselves on<br />

Lehman’s clever hedging strategies<br />

that limited the damage.<br />

Even when Lehman’s own quarterly<br />

numbers started to take a real hit,<br />

the warning signs were drowned out<br />

with celebratory reminders that 2007<br />

had been a record year for profits<br />

and with sage assurances about the<br />

absolute soundness of the bank’s risk<br />

management.<br />

What none of the Fuld team appreciated<br />

was that by the beginning of<br />

2008 the world had changed – for<br />

Lehman Brothers and for everybody.


The unravelling of the US mortgage<br />

boom and the contagion of fear this<br />

had unleashed in global markets<br />

were shaking their business model<br />

and their entire raison d’être to the<br />

core. THE curious thing was that at<br />

some level Dick Fuld knew that trouble<br />

was brewing well before the crisis<br />

broke. I witnessed him give a fascinating<br />

talk about risk at a private<br />

lunch with newspaper editors nearly<br />

two years ago. With a precision that<br />

seems almost uncanny, he virtually<br />

prophesied the looming crash.<br />

It was January 2007 and we were in<br />

the Swiss mountain resort of Davos<br />

where the world’s elite gathers every<br />

year for its annual gab-fest, the<br />

World Economic Forum. That year’s<br />

Davos was an even more raucous<br />

party than usual, with the financial<br />

markets surging towards their peak<br />

and the Masters of the Universe<br />

toasting their own power.<br />

Fuld, however, was not in a celebratory<br />

mood. He was worried, he told<br />

his lunch guests with soft-spoken<br />

force, worried that “this could be the<br />

year when the markets crack”.<br />

Trouble might come from the US<br />

housing market, he said, from the<br />

excesses of leveraged finance, or<br />

from spiralling oil prices, or a combination<br />

of all three. Lehman, true to<br />

its tradition of strong risk management<br />

and fleet-footed investment<br />

decisions, had become more cautious<br />

and “taken a bit of money off the<br />

table”. The editors went away visibly<br />

impressed at the apparent prescience<br />

and prudence of Wall Street’s senior<br />

statesman.<br />

There was only one problem with this<br />

performance. It bore scant resemblance<br />

to the reality of how Lehman<br />

Brothers was actually being run,<br />

or had been run for several years,<br />

despite the tendency in Lehman’s<br />

largely admiring press coverage to<br />

portray Fuld as a hands-on manager<br />

with a strong eye for detail and an<br />

obsession with risk management.<br />

In truth Fuld had become insulated<br />

from the day-to-day realities of the<br />

firm and had increasingly delegated<br />

operational authority to his number<br />

two, a long-standing associate<br />

named Joe Gregory.<br />

If Dick was the king, Joe was Cardinal<br />

Richelieu. A gregarious sort with<br />

a taste for flamboyant displays of<br />

wealth – he famously used to fly to<br />

work from his out-of-town estate by<br />

helicopter and sometimes flew back<br />

by seaplane – he was also a ruthless<br />

enforcer for the boss. His job was not<br />

to encourage debate or intellectual<br />

curiosity in subordinates but to bend<br />

the bank to Dick Fuld’s will.<br />

If something went wrong, you could<br />

be sure that Gregory would be on<br />

| 47


Analysis<br />

the telephone in a towering rage.<br />

Even very senior executives would<br />

dread getting one of those calls. They<br />

would describe the experience as<br />

analogous to being provided with “a<br />

new asshole” and called him Darth<br />

Vader behind their hands.<br />

Problematically, Joe Gregory was<br />

not a detail man or a risk manager.<br />

On the contrary, as Fuld was musing<br />

to outsiders about his worries<br />

concerning risk, Gregory was doing<br />

the precise opposite: actively urging<br />

divisional managers to place even<br />

more aggressive bets in surging asset<br />

markets such as the mortgage business<br />

and commercial real estate.<br />

Standing in his way by showing aversion<br />

to risk could be fatal to your<br />

career. Divisional chiefs who urged<br />

caution or tried to rein back on risky<br />

bets were swiftly ousted. From the<br />

middle of 2007 the leadership of<br />

Lehman’s all-important fixed income<br />

division became a revolving door,<br />

partly as a result of Gregory’s obsession<br />

with pushing the envelope. The<br />

goal, he would tell subordinates, was<br />

to be “number one in the industry by<br />

2012”, no matter what the cost.<br />

And Fuld himself was not consistent.<br />

In June 2007, barely four months<br />

after his Davos peroration on risk, I<br />

joined him in another background<br />

discussion with journalists, this time<br />

to coincide with Lehman’s business<br />

48 |<br />

launch in Dubai. His tune could not<br />

have been more different.<br />

Think of the hundreds of billions of<br />

dollars in oil riches gushing into the<br />

Middle East, he said. Add the further<br />

hundreds of billions in sovereign<br />

wealth funds in emerging nations.<br />

Multiply all that by the plentiful<br />

liquidity and leverage available on<br />

financial markets and you had an<br />

almost limitless pool for investment<br />

banks like Lehman to swim and<br />

prosper in.<br />

At roughly that moment, Lehman<br />

was placing some of the riskiest bets<br />

it had ever made in the commercial<br />

property business. It led a consortium<br />

bidding $15 billion for America’s<br />

biggest apartment company at the<br />

absolute top of the market – a deal<br />

signed off by the entire executive<br />

committee but subsequently described<br />

to me by one of the firm’s<br />

executives as “the worst investment<br />

Lehman ever made”.<br />

Only a few weeks later, world markets<br />

started to experience the phenomenon<br />

known as the credit crunch<br />

and those investments – illiquid, all<br />

but unsaleable – became a millstone<br />

dragging Lehman Brothers inexorably<br />

towards bankruptcy.<br />

So much for risk management. The<br />

Lehman culture had become dangerously<br />

complacent and insulated from


the outside world. While Fuld talked<br />

to clients with legendary assiduity,<br />

neither he nor Gregory spent much<br />

time talking (still less listening) to<br />

investors.<br />

Even within the firm, Fuld’s visits to<br />

the trading floor were rare events.<br />

So he was shut off from independent<br />

sources of information, from challenging<br />

questions and from up-todate<br />

views from the front line of<br />

Lehman’s daily battle in the markets.<br />

He was fed instead with the carefully<br />

filtered facts that his inner circle<br />

thought he wanted to hear.<br />

Furthermore, the top team was far<br />

from united. Here was another point<br />

not visible to the outside eye. Lehman<br />

liked to propagate the myth that<br />

it was “one firm” devotedly working<br />

as a team across geographical borders<br />

and departmental boundaries<br />

to satisfy its clients’ needs. In reality<br />

it was as riven with rivalries and<br />

competing egos as a gathering of<br />

mafia clans. Many suspected that Joe<br />

Gregory liked to keep it that way.<br />

One faultline was more troublesome<br />

than the rest: the tension between<br />

headquarters in New York and<br />

Lehman’s European hub in London.<br />

In part it was a debate about where<br />

in the world the firm should place<br />

its bets. Russia? Saudi Arabia? Fuld<br />

and Gregory tended to hang back,<br />

with Jeremy Isaacs, chief executive<br />

for Europe and Asia, pressing on the<br />

accelerator.<br />

The rows about whether to go to<br />

Moscow were epic and not always<br />

very sophisticated. When I asked Fuld<br />

at the height of the argument in<br />

2006 what he thought of the Russian<br />

market, his brow darkened and he<br />

muttered: “Biggest f****** crime<br />

syndicate in the world.” Months<br />

later, regardless, Lehman opened for<br />

business there.<br />

Underlying it all was a classic power<br />

struggle, mirroring the rivalry<br />

between New York and London as<br />

financial centres. Just as London had<br />

alarmed New York by overtaking<br />

it by some measures, so Lehman’s<br />

London team, now responsible for<br />

half Lehman’s revenues, sought commensurate<br />

recognition and power. As<br />

Isaacs became ever more influential<br />

in the firm and placed more of his<br />

top lieutenants on the global executive<br />

committee, the muttering from<br />

New York-based rivals became louder<br />

and more dangerous.<br />

Everyone knew that the battle to succeed<br />

Fuld, whenever he decided to<br />

step down, had the potential to be a<br />

bloodbath. From his London stronghold,<br />

Isaacs reckoned that he had<br />

a real shot at the job. In New York,<br />

another powerful and ambitious<br />

banker was determined to stop him.<br />

His name was Bart McDade, a man<br />

| 49


Analysis<br />

with a good operating track record<br />

but more limited domestic horizons.<br />

Both were to play a central role in<br />

the events leading to Lehman’s collapse.<br />

Here was a corporate governance<br />

structure almost preprogrammed to<br />

fail: an overmighty CEO, a top lieutenant<br />

eager to please and hungry<br />

for risk, an executive team not noted<br />

for healthy debate and a power<br />

struggle between two key players.<br />

Furthermore, the board of directors<br />

was packed with nonexecutives of a<br />

certain age and woefully lacking in<br />

banking expertise. IT is small wonder<br />

that Lehman was so ill-equipped to<br />

recognise and adjust to the changes<br />

in the environment that were dramatically<br />

signalled by the collapse of<br />

Bear Stearns in March this year.<br />

With hindsight, that was the point<br />

at which Fuld and his executive team<br />

should have realised the game was<br />

up.<br />

What the market was saying – and<br />

said again repeatedly in the ensuing<br />

countdown to disaster – was that<br />

Lehman was overloaded with dodgy<br />

assets that it could not sell and underendowed<br />

with capital to support<br />

its huge balance sheet.<br />

In short, the business was beginning<br />

to look like a rickety house built on a<br />

perilously thin foundation and unless<br />

50 |<br />

it took action, to shift “toxic” assets<br />

and to raise more capital, confidence<br />

in the firm and its management<br />

would slide away.<br />

Management’s response was both<br />

half-hearted and confused. True, it<br />

started out on something resembling<br />

a fire sale of distressed assets in a<br />

push to shrink the balance sheet<br />

and reduce “leverage” – the scale of<br />

borrowing. But Fuld and his fellow<br />

executives rattled the market by<br />

insisting that they did not need more<br />

capital, even as they raised some.<br />

To make matters worse, they mounted<br />

an increasingly shrill campaign<br />

against their critics. One particular<br />

hedge fund manager, David Einhorn<br />

of Greenlight Capital, had been critical<br />

of Lehman’s financial disclosures,<br />

thus suggesting to some observers<br />

that the bank might have something<br />

to hide. Einhorn became an obsession<br />

for Fuld and his closest hench-men,<br />

who speculated openly about hiring<br />

investigators to tail him or search his<br />

rubbish bins.<br />

You could say it was a case of shooting<br />

the messenger. It was certainly a<br />

distraction from the primary business<br />

of putting Lehman to rights. But it<br />

was typical of the mixture of defiance<br />

and paranoia – “us against the<br />

world” – with which Fuld drove the<br />

firm. I lost count of the number of<br />

times I had to listen to senior execu-


tives explaining that there was no<br />

point in engaging with the press<br />

because the press actively wanted<br />

Lehman to fail.<br />

Fuld never tired of telling people<br />

that Lehman was built to triumph in<br />

adversity. That was his understanding<br />

of its history and his way of motivating<br />

the 26,000 employees at his<br />

command. But it also led him and<br />

his closest associates latterly to say<br />

things that, while obviously sincere<br />

and reflecting genuinely held beliefs,<br />

had no connection whatsoever with<br />

business reality.<br />

This delusion – compounded by the<br />

powerful and destructive forces of<br />

ambition within the bank – was propelling<br />

Lehman towards catastrophe.<br />

The death spiral beckoned.<br />

First published in Sunday Times on<br />

December 14, 2008.<br />

| 51


Analysis<br />

1.4. Is Media in Need of a Reality Check?<br />

Global Media Coverage on the Banking<br />

and Economic crisis<br />

By Wadim Schreiner<br />

After some tough two years, it seems<br />

the world is starting to breathe a<br />

sigh of relief. All signs are pointing<br />

upwards. Perhaps not everywhere,<br />

but at least the freefall seems to have<br />

stopped. Time now to look at some<br />

of the issues in perspective. While<br />

experts, governments and businesses<br />

are deliberating the causes of the<br />

crisis and working on new models<br />

to avoid the ‘mistakes’ of the past,<br />

it is clear: things will unlikely be the<br />

same again. While it is doubtful that<br />

existing powers will collapse, it is<br />

apparent that the so-called Western<br />

world in particular has to realise that<br />

the future will now be determined by<br />

others, particularly in Asia. The latest<br />

Monitor Group report on Asia 1 states<br />

that although ‘we should not expect<br />

Asia to be the world’s economic<br />

locomotive’ and that ‘Asia alone […]<br />

is incapable of pulling the rest of the<br />

world out of recession’ it will influence<br />

the global economies of the<br />

future by remaining competitive and<br />

entrepreneurial, improving productivity<br />

and developing innovation. ‘<br />

Future productivity will be based on<br />

a more diverse set of competitive<br />

advances, such as strategic foresight<br />

and insight; product, service, process<br />

and business model innovations;<br />

customer intimacy and understanding;<br />

capability to internationalize<br />

52 |<br />

and to understand foreign markets;<br />

and world-class human assets’ (Asia<br />

Report). Scientists are almost united<br />

in the view that some of the classical<br />

industries of Asia, from manufacturing<br />

to services will enter the new<br />

post-crisis financial world with macroeconomic<br />

competitive advantages<br />

largely unscathed, and, according to<br />

the Monitor report, perhaps even<br />

improved. Export champion will be<br />

China – no more Germany. The most<br />

popular car in the United States will<br />

be and remain Toyota – not GM. And<br />

we all will be aware that if the U.S.<br />

sneezes, the rest of the world will<br />

no longer automatically catch a cold<br />

– but perhaps also just sneeze.<br />

What went wrong is a question that<br />

will be debated by business, scholars<br />

and experts for the next couple of<br />

years. Equally debated will be the<br />

question of whose fault it all was.<br />

Particularly interesting here is the<br />

dynamic between the media and<br />

business. Did media exaggerate the<br />

crisis and hence fuel some of the<br />

consequences? Did media fail in<br />

their watchdog role by not warning<br />

its viewers/readers of ‘what was to<br />

come’? Or is it the fault of the banks<br />

in particular which did not correct<br />

the misrepresentations of the media<br />

on the gravity of the situation, or


We as business journalists have the obligation to be much,<br />

much tougher in the questions we ask<br />

Will Hutton, former editor of the Observer, November 2008<br />

forgot to point to different business<br />

conditions in the non-Western part of<br />

the world? It seems that media have<br />

not only been completely surprised<br />

by the crisis but that the industry did<br />

little to contextualise it. In the words<br />

of Daniel Bogler, the Managing<br />

Director of the Financial Times: “It is<br />

in the nature of newspapers to write<br />

the most dramatic headline, the most<br />

dramatic copy and have the most<br />

dramatic picture, so you have impact<br />

on your readers…this irresponsibility<br />

is kind of bred into the industry. You<br />

have to be very careful, you have to<br />

take a step back. A picture of someone<br />

with their head in their hands in<br />

front of a trading screen, is that the<br />

right picture?“ 2<br />

The reality: global meltdown or<br />

selective information?<br />

For North America and most of Europe<br />

the economic figures currently<br />

available are indicating that the<br />

crisis has hit themhard indeed. But<br />

outside of these traditional markets?<br />

In Asia, the reaction is mixed. ‚The<br />

rich people in Europe, the buyers<br />

in America will not buy expensive<br />

clothes produced in Europe anymore<br />

but the cheaper goods produced in<br />

Cambodia and Vietnam,‘ Cambodian<br />

Prime Minister Sun Hen stated<br />

during a regional summit in Hanoi<br />

in November 2008. 3 In Africa, Kuseni<br />

Dlamini, the former CEO of mining<br />

company Anglo American and current<br />

CEO of Old Mutual South Africa<br />

was quoted in the media as saying<br />

that ‘now there is a great era of opportunity<br />

for Africa to rise and shine<br />

in the global scheme of things and<br />

be met as an economic giant’. John<br />

Simon, the former U.S. ambassador<br />

to the African Union even considers<br />

Africa ‘the new frontier in the global<br />

economy’. And even in the United<br />

States some see a silver lining: until<br />

the economic downturn, California<br />

was not set to meet its greenhouse<br />

emission targets. These seem to now<br />

be on track, because lower consumer<br />

demand translated into lower energy<br />

use, caused by less road trips, less<br />

flying and increased use of public<br />

transport.<br />

Of course this does not imply that<br />

the recession has been good to<br />

some economies and that there<br />

were no scars. As the Monitor report<br />

on Asia remarks: Asia in particular<br />

has remained ‘coupled’ rather than<br />

‘decoupled’ to the major industrial<br />

nations. Although both opponents<br />

and supporters of the “coupling/decoupling<br />

theory” have reasons to<br />

justify their positions, it does seem<br />

that while emerging and developing<br />

economies for the last ten years have<br />

enjoyed much higher GDP growths<br />

than those of advanced economies,<br />

the actual trends showed similar<br />

patterns (see chart 4.1.). According<br />

to the IMC World Economic Output<br />

report 2008, the expected GDP for<br />

major advanced economies for 2009<br />

| 53


Analysis<br />

was expected to be -1.6%. Newly<br />

industrialized Asian economies (such<br />

as China and India) would see a 3.9%<br />

change. Africa would see an increase<br />

of 4% in 2009 from the actual result<br />

of 1.9% in 2008. So would Russia<br />

(1.5%) and Eastern Europe (1.8). Most<br />

of Western Europe and the United<br />

States expect negative growth in<br />

GDP. IMF data are also not indicating<br />

a case of a delayed impact on<br />

some of the developing economies<br />

with GDP remaining positive in 2010<br />

predictions. Is this a perhaps a case<br />

where a decrease in growth (but still<br />

growth) is communicated (and channelled<br />

further through the media)<br />

as a disaster? The IMF predicts that<br />

in Africa in particular, the effects<br />

will be visible, yet perhaps not as<br />

catastrophic as in Western Europe.<br />

Chart 4.1. GDP Growth Trend Rates<br />

Because of their financial links with<br />

other regions in the world, South Africa,<br />

Nigeria, Ghana and Kenya seem<br />

to have been first hit. According<br />

to the IMF, past research indicates<br />

that ‘(a) 1 percentage point slowdown<br />

in global growth has led to an<br />

estimated 0.5% point slowdown in<br />

sub-Saharan African countries’. The<br />

organisation reckons that the impact<br />

might this time be harder – yet their<br />

outlook data remain optimistic. Some<br />

scientists seem to disagree with the<br />

IMF, stating that ‘the correlation<br />

between African GDP and World GDP<br />

since 1980 is 0.5, but between 2000<br />

and 2007, it was only 0.2’. 4 Te Velde<br />

further argues that this has been due<br />

to ‘significant structural changes (and<br />

a move into services that were able<br />

to withstand competition much bet-<br />

Source: The Monitor Group, Asia Report 2009, page 19, adapted from Wälti, The Myth of Decoupling, based on data<br />

from the World Economic Outlook Update, IMF, 6 November 2008.<br />

54 |


ter) as well as the rise of China. Even<br />

the impact on the banking sector<br />

after the 2008 crisis has been limited,<br />

largely due to Africa’s low level of<br />

financial integration. Compared to<br />

developed countries, Africa’s external<br />

financial remain low, as is the<br />

stock market capitalisation (2.09%<br />

of world capitalisation according<br />

to the African Development Bank).<br />

Furthermore, African banking assets<br />

represent only 0.87% of global banking<br />

assets, compared to 58.15% for<br />

the 15 countries of the Euro zone and<br />

15.09% for the United States. Africa’s<br />

globalisation ratio is comparable to<br />

that of Latin America, yet far behind<br />

that of Asia and particularly Japan.<br />

Other than banks, Africa’s financial<br />

systems are weak if not completely<br />

non-existent. Although many banks<br />

are foreign owned and hence potentially<br />

exposed to their parent’s North<br />

American exposures, these impacts<br />

are very little, since the assets are<br />

mostly insignificant compared to<br />

that of other regions. The crisis did<br />

however take a toll on those countries<br />

that were highly dependent on<br />

natural resource, particularly copper,<br />

oil and diamonds (Botswana’s GDP<br />

showed a -10.5% prediction for 2009<br />

according to the IMF Outlook data).<br />

IMF research confirms particularly<br />

vulnerable positions for countries<br />

such as Burundi, Guinea-Bissau and<br />

Liberia who are dependent either on<br />

a strong oil price or for FDI’s, which<br />

have declined significantly. The Afri-<br />

can Development Bank, while generally<br />

optimistic about Africa ‘weathering<br />

the post-crisis’, has identified a<br />

number of sectors that are particularly<br />

exposed to the global impact:<br />

tourism (Kenya announcing a 30%<br />

decline in tourist arrivals), mining as<br />

well as textiles. In a 2009 paper, the<br />

International Policy Centre for Inclusive<br />

Growth identifies three mechanisms<br />

that will determine the outlook<br />

for Africa: remittances, capital flows<br />

and trade. 5 A document describing<br />

the impact on LDC (Least Developing<br />

Countries) economies, compiled by<br />

the University of London, comes to<br />

the conclusion that ‘the initial impact<br />

on the LDCs […] was less pronounced’<br />

but also comes to the conclusion that<br />

the sharp reduction in world trade,<br />

declined foreign direct investments<br />

and a slowdown in migrant workers<br />

remittance flows will put some<br />

pressure on these countries, unless<br />

they are targeted with the correct<br />

monetary initiatives. With FDI significantly<br />

declining, and trade patterns<br />

changing, the researchers argue that<br />

many African countries need to have<br />

a relook at their monetary policies to<br />

avoid a larger-than-average impact in<br />

the next couple of years.<br />

This assessment is not unique for<br />

Africa. Researchers seem to be united<br />

in their assessments of other ‘developmental’<br />

markets. Prasad & Reddy<br />

agree that the Indian economy is<br />

being affected by the spillover ef-<br />

| 55


Analysis<br />

fects of the global financial crisis;<br />

they state that ‘great savings habits<br />

among people, strong fundamentals,<br />

a strong conservative and regulatory<br />

regime have saved the Indian economy<br />

from going out of gear’. Importantly,<br />

they say ‘the most important<br />

lesson that we must learn from the<br />

crisis is that we must be self-reliant.<br />

Although the WTO propagates free<br />

trade, we must adopt protectionist<br />

measures in certain sectors of the<br />

economy so that recession in any<br />

part of the globe does not affect our<br />

country’. 6<br />

In South America, despite poverty<br />

having risen slightly for the first time<br />

since 2002, researchers are equally<br />

optimistic. According to Martin<br />

Hopenheyn, of the Social Development<br />

Director of Economic Commission<br />

for Latin America and the<br />

Caribbean, ‘the impact was much<br />

less severe than what we have seen<br />

in the past, it was more serious than<br />

people thought it would be at first,<br />

when we believed we were safe, and<br />

we thought it was just a problem<br />

of the (industrialised) North’. 7 This<br />

assumption is supported by various<br />

economic papers in 2009, all – while<br />

recognising that the crisis indeed had<br />

an impact – come to the conclusion<br />

that the right interventions from<br />

governments had a cushioning effect<br />

on most countries.<br />

If data are telling us that it was not<br />

so bad after all – why then the per-<br />

56 |<br />

ceived global meltdown? Is it perhaps<br />

because we don’t really know<br />

much about ‘the rest of the world’<br />

or because we equate the rest of the<br />

world with negativity to the extent<br />

that good news is no longer really<br />

trustworthy?<br />

Financial Crisis: A media failure?<br />

We need to ask ourselves what we<br />

are equating with continents such<br />

as Africa. Brutal dictators? Famines<br />

and starvation? Corrupt governments<br />

and societies unable to fight against<br />

diseases?<br />

And what about Asia outside of<br />

China and India? The military regime<br />

of Burma, drug smuggling in the<br />

Golden Triangle of Thailand, Laos<br />

and Burma? The Tsunami? Militant<br />

Muslims in Indonesia?<br />

In Latin America? Natural catastrophes,<br />

unstable regimes, leftist<br />

regimes, perhaps a few good football<br />

players?<br />

Media Tenor’s research indicates<br />

that Latin America, Central America,<br />

Africa and South East Asia (excluding<br />

China and India) rarely receive coverage<br />

in media that are not situated in<br />

these regions. On U.S. television, less<br />

than 7% of non-U.S. coverage dealt<br />

with Africa; South America a mere<br />

1.5%. Seven percent might be surprisingly<br />

high, but the most dominating<br />

issue on Africa in the midst of the


financial crisis: Somali pirates. Coverage<br />

on business and economy in Africa:<br />

too little to quantify. On German<br />

television, less than 5% of non-European<br />

coverage focused on Africa; less<br />

than 2% on Latin America. Coverage<br />

on Asia excluding India and China<br />

has been similarly low. Despite the<br />

facts for 2009 already emerging in<br />

economic data in 2008 on Asia, Western<br />

media largely ignored the impact<br />

of the financial crisis on Asia. Further<br />

research by Media Tenor shows that<br />

business and the economy accounted<br />

for just 10.4% of all Western media<br />

coverage of the region – 50% less<br />

than the proportional coverage on<br />

the same issue across the rest of the<br />

world. 8 Since the effects of the global<br />

crisis hit domestic interests in the<br />

Western world deeper and deeper,<br />

14,5%<br />

the already sparse coverage on Asia<br />

diminished even further. Although<br />

Western media expressed positive<br />

opinions about government interventions<br />

in Asia aimed at stimulating fiscal<br />

systems, it barely made an impact<br />

in the media in terms of positive<br />

coverage (see charts 2.2.-2.4.). When<br />

news of an improvementin the Asian<br />

economy made its way to Europe,<br />

it was greeted with surprise – but,<br />

admittedly, at the same time with a<br />

renewed focus. After all, there seems<br />

to have been some ‘silver lining’<br />

out there in the sea of uncertainty.<br />

Despite attempts by economists to<br />

analyse whethereconomies outside<br />

of the Western world were indeed<br />

‘coupling’ or ‘decoupling’ from the<br />

industrialised nations, Western media<br />

never bought into the notion that<br />

Chart 4.2. Topic structure of international TV news, 01-07/2009<br />

East Asia<br />

All countries<br />

9,2% 10,6% 13,8% 16,2%<br />

13,7% 5,7%<br />

41,7%<br />

10,4%<br />

28,8%<br />

15,5%<br />

20,0%<br />

Domestic policy Terrorism/Security Foreign Affairs/War<br />

Business Accidents/Crime/Human Interest other topics<br />

Basis: 8,156 / 69,784 stories in 35 international TV news<br />

| 57


Analysis<br />

perhaps these economies could represent<br />

new key players in the financial<br />

world that is being reshaped in<br />

the aftermath of the economic crisis.<br />

Have they perhaps also exaggerated<br />

the extent of the crisis? Danny<br />

Schechter, an investigative journalist<br />

and former editor of mediachannel.<br />

org identifies two areas where, in his<br />

view, media failed in respect of the<br />

banking crisis: little or no examination<br />

of ‘the new breed of exotic and<br />

financial products, such as CDOs’and<br />

secondly that particularly in the U.S.,<br />

‘media ignored the warnings from<br />

community housing organisations<br />

of the predatory lending practises in<br />

some of America’s poorest communities’.<br />

9 Schechter gives a number of<br />

reasons for the first point: that media<br />

have been too close to Wall Street<br />

0%<br />

1<br />

and that ‘business men are seen as<br />

heroes’ who are all part of the ‘cult<br />

of the masters of the universe’. He<br />

argues that there is a kind of ‘cultural<br />

embedding, as financial journalists<br />

cover business, they become part<br />

of the scene, they identify with the<br />

players, go to the parties, they are<br />

increasingly in a world of fewer and<br />

fewer people that is cut off from the<br />

mainstream […]life.’ Schechter also<br />

notes the close relationship between<br />

advertising and dependency on<br />

business in that regard as a further<br />

reason why media dropped its<br />

‘watchdog’ role.<br />

Perhaps time now for a bit of a fact<br />

check – did media news in any way<br />

help to understand the economic<br />

facts at hand? Or did the notion ‘only<br />

Chart 4.3. Asia in economic coverage, international TV news, 01/2007-07/2009<br />

20%<br />

15%<br />

10%<br />

5%<br />

Share of all foreign news stories<br />

3<br />

1<br />

3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2007 2008 2009<br />

Basis: 16,068 reports about foreign economies in 35 (until 12/2008: 30) international TV news<br />

58 |<br />

3


Chart 4.4. Visibility of Asian countries, international TV news, 01/2007-07/2009<br />

70%<br />

60%<br />

50%<br />

40%<br />

30%<br />

20%<br />

10%<br />

0%<br />

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3<br />

2007 2008 2009<br />

China Japan India Indonesia South Korea Malaysia<br />

Basis: 16,068 reports about foreign economies in 35 (until 12/2008: 30) international TV news<br />

bad news is good news’ and ‘never<br />

let facts get in the way of a good<br />

story’ determine the content?<br />

For starters, the first indicators of a<br />

recession were published only in November<br />

2008. However, media began<br />

to refer to a recession much earlier. A<br />

query on Factiva for Dow Jones and<br />

Reuters newswire coverage shows<br />

that as early as December 2007, the<br />

number of references in news media<br />

increased from around 1,000 stories<br />

referring to this term to over 4,000<br />

in January 2008. This is likely linked<br />

to the initial reporting around the<br />

banking crisis and more to the fear<br />

of a recession, than actual references<br />

to a recession. Nevertheless, the term<br />

‘recession’ only returned to ‘normal’<br />

pre-banking crisis levels of around<br />

800 news stories by May 2008, sharply<br />

increasing to a new high of over<br />

6,000 news stories in October 2008,<br />

merely one month before the official<br />

data were made available. Did this<br />

constitute a case of news mirroring<br />

or a shaping of actual reality?<br />

In another example, Media Tenor<br />

analysed coverage on STOXX 50 companies<br />

and managers in 28 international<br />

television news over the period<br />

July 2007 and June 2009 (6,698 news<br />

reports): In reality, 86% of these<br />

companies declared a profit (even if a<br />

decline from previous years) and only<br />

14% an actual loss. But only two of<br />

the top 20 most reported-on companies<br />

enjoyed a positive coverage in<br />

| 59


Analysis<br />

Chart 4.5. STOXX 50 winners international TV news, 7/2007-6/2009<br />

Profit<br />

86,0%<br />

Loss<br />

14,0%<br />

the media (BASF and ENI). In other<br />

words, companies continued to make<br />

profits, even if less than in previous<br />

years, but it did not make the headlines.<br />

Instead, profits turned to negative<br />

news by highlighting percentage<br />

declines, and loss making companies<br />

received higher than average<br />

coverage (see chart 4.5.). Even more<br />

dramatic is a look at U.S. television<br />

news. 11,662 reports about the U.S.<br />

economy on ABC, CBS, NBC and Fox<br />

news from January 2007 to July 2009<br />

showed little correlation between<br />

the actual state of the economy (e.g.<br />

in terms of GDP changes) and coverage<br />

on the economy. As early as April<br />

2007, reporting on the U.S. economy<br />

in own media with a negative focus<br />

outweighed a positive focus with a<br />

ratio of 6:1 – all of this while GDP<br />

figures showed positive growth. The<br />

Daimler<br />

Volkswagen<br />

Deutsche Bank<br />

Deutsche Telekom<br />

Siemens<br />

Renault<br />

ArcelorMittal<br />

Nokia<br />

Société Générale<br />

RWE<br />

Total<br />

Allianz<br />

BNP Paribas<br />

Santander<br />

Repsol<br />

BASF<br />

Intesa Sanpaolo<br />

Telefónica<br />

BBVA<br />

ENI<br />

Top 20<br />

Groups<br />

0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50% 60% 70%<br />

Share of all reports (%)<br />

Basis: 6,698 reports about STOXX 50 companies and managers in 28 international TV news shows<br />

60 |<br />

first actual negative growth figures<br />

in April 2008 did not influence<br />

the trend of coverage: it remained<br />

negative. So were the first signs of<br />

recovery in January 2009 until July<br />

2009. Negative coverage dominated<br />

positive coverage by a ratio of 5:1<br />

(see chart 4.6.). In Germany, coverage<br />

on business and the economy also did<br />

not mirror actual data. While media<br />

indeed reflected negatively on the<br />

drop of the DAX between 2003 and<br />

2008 following the burst of the IT<br />

bubble, coverage remained negative<br />

despite the DAX values reaching a<br />

new high in 2007. In other words: reality<br />

depicted a strong economy, but<br />

media continued to proclaim doom<br />

and gloom. This selective provision<br />

of information can also be seen in<br />

media’s focus on particular industries:<br />

prior to August 2008, international


television news had focused more or<br />

less equally on six different industries<br />

(banking, automotive, aviation,<br />

retail, media and utilities), coverage<br />

after August 2008 suddenly had only<br />

two stories: banks, financial organisations<br />

and cars (a combined 40% of all<br />

industry coverage). Data from these<br />

industries indeed showed that these<br />

industries were hit the hardest, but<br />

the overwhelming focus on the bad<br />

news of these two sectors contributed<br />

towards an overall negative<br />

outlook for all industries and business<br />

in general (see figure 2.7.). In the<br />

United States, amongst television’s<br />

top 20 most reported-on companies<br />

only four were not financial institutions<br />

or from the automotive sector.<br />

Across the globe, the top 20 companies<br />

accounted for almost two-thirds<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

0%<br />

-20%<br />

-40%<br />

-60%<br />

-80%<br />

-100%<br />

Media: Share of all reports (%)<br />

of total coverage, with small enterprises<br />

or family businesses receiving<br />

virtually no coverage. In developing<br />

countries in particular, small enterprises<br />

are attributed to being the<br />

catalysts of the economy, yet their<br />

opinions, thoughts and positions during<br />

the crisis remained virtually unnoticed<br />

by the media. Real data from<br />

the IW Economic <strong>Institute</strong> showed<br />

that some industries, particularly the<br />

chemical industry, even hired more<br />

people during the recession, but this<br />

never became a story.<br />

It would be wrong to place the blame<br />

for the global downturn in the hands<br />

of the media alone – but with the<br />

many obvious discrepancies between<br />

real data and media coverage, the<br />

issues of news selection, stereotyp-<br />

Chart 4.6. The US economy in TV news / GDP, 01/2007-07/2009<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7<br />

2007 2008 2009<br />

negative stories positive stories US GDP change<br />

Basis: 11,662 reports about the US economy in ABC, CBS, NBC and Fox news<br />

GDP: Change<br />

4%<br />

2%<br />

0%<br />

-2%<br />

-4%<br />

-6%<br />

-8%<br />

| 61


Analysis<br />

ing and stagnant news flow channels<br />

have to be evaluated in the future.<br />

News flow and traditional reporting<br />

structures.<br />

Since World War II, international<br />

news flow (the way news information<br />

travels around the world) has<br />

been one of the main topics examined<br />

and debated in international<br />

communication. As early as 1953, the<br />

International Press <strong>Institute</strong> described<br />

the imbalance in news exchanges<br />

between the developed and the<br />

developing nations. Since that time,<br />

the inequality within news flow has<br />

dominated the literature on international<br />

news. Many scholars see this<br />

problem as caused by the unevenness<br />

between developed and developing<br />

countries. Traditional (and mostly<br />

Western) beliefs state that a world<br />

news system exists today because the<br />

peoples of the Western democracies<br />

wanted and needed world news, and<br />

the great independent newspapers<br />

and news agencies in particular have<br />

co-operated and competed to satisfy<br />

those wants and needs. The old<br />

charges of ‘news bias’, were indeed<br />

based on a global news gathering<br />

structure that was influenced by the<br />

global flow of economic and political<br />

power. Reporters were stationed<br />

in New York, Tokyo, and Brussels<br />

because that was where power primarily<br />

lay. Even to this day not much<br />

coverage is given to such countries<br />

like Bangladesh in Asia or the Cameroon<br />

in Africa, because of the fact<br />

that they are poor and powerless<br />

and only minor regional players in<br />

Chart 4.7. Structure of business coverage in international TV news,<br />

7/2007-6/2009: Companies<br />

General Motors<br />

Chrysler<br />

Italy<br />

60,7%<br />

AIG<br />

Ford<br />

Switzerland 45,1%<br />

Citi<br />

Fannie Mae<br />

Bank of America<br />

Germany 37,4%<br />

Freddie Mac<br />

US Airways<br />

UK 35,7%<br />

Toyota<br />

Merrill Lynch<br />

South Africa 34%<br />

AMR<br />

Goldman Sachs<br />

USA 33,7%<br />

JP Morgan<br />

Bear Stearns<br />

Wal Mart<br />

France 31,5%<br />

Berkshire Hathaway<br />

Delta Airlines<br />

Spain 30,6%<br />

Countrywide Financial<br />

Lehman Brothers<br />

Arab TV 17,7%<br />

0%1%2%3%4%5%6%7%<br />

0% 10% 20%30%40%50%60%70%<br />

Share of all reports<br />

Basis: 16,068 reports about foreign economies in 35 (until 12/2008: 30) international TV news<br />

62 |


a global news map dominated by a<br />

handful of ‘superpowers’. Acclaimed<br />

media researcher Robert Stevenson<br />

also identifies another force: the values<br />

invoked by key gatekeepers. The<br />

decision as to which news item makes<br />

it onto the world’s news agenda is<br />

determined by countless gatekeeping<br />

measures of more or less a uniform<br />

set of values. Stevenson concludes<br />

that both forces lead to one common<br />

conclusion: the media map is ethnocentric<br />

and narrow because it emphasises<br />

neighbouring countries and<br />

those with whom Western countries<br />

have close economic, political and<br />

cultural ties. Non-Western scholars<br />

such as Robert Ankomah have added<br />

three main reasons for determining<br />

the reasons for selective news reporting<br />

in Western countries: a perceived<br />

closeness between governments and<br />

journalists, often following governments’<br />

position on other countries or<br />

leaders (Ankomah mentions here the<br />

support of Saddam Hussein during<br />

the Iraq-Iran war turning to anti-Hussein<br />

when the U.S. position on Iraq<br />

changed) and thirdly the particular<br />

closeness between advertising and<br />

editorial coverage, similarly to Danny<br />

Schechter’s comments in 2008.<br />

Additionally, researchers remark that<br />

Western media, despite increased<br />

news flow, a greater opening of<br />

trade markets and more information<br />

and news becoming available from<br />

developing countries remain stereo-<br />

typed and negative in their reporting<br />

on those regions. Coverage on Africa,<br />

for instance, received only slightly<br />

different treatment by journalists in<br />

2009 than it did 20 years ago.<br />

• International media perceive Africa<br />

as a continent of instability, crime<br />

and poverty,<br />

• Achievements, albeit elections or<br />

democratic processes are benchmarked<br />

from a Western perception,<br />

including Western accounting<br />

and governance practices. Cultural<br />

differences between Africa and<br />

the Western world have often not<br />

been taken into account,<br />

• Media tend to focus on events<br />

rather than a continuous analysis<br />

of progress. Although some<br />

researchers have witnessed a slight<br />

increase in ‘developmental’ news,<br />

it is still marginal compared to the<br />

overall coverage,<br />

• Coverage tends to be without<br />

depth and focuses on a few protagonists:<br />

governments, major<br />

politicians and politics in general.<br />

Similar data can be witnessed in the<br />

data collected by Media Tenor on<br />

international business coverage in<br />

2009: 72% of all sources quoted on<br />

international business in global TV<br />

are business sources, followed by<br />

government and political parties.<br />

Those most affected by the crisis,<br />

such as NGO’s, the public or unions,<br />

have less than 2% of a voice on international<br />

television (see figure 8).<br />

| 63


Analysis<br />

As long as global news flow remains<br />

dominated by the same news agencies,<br />

the picture of doom and gloom<br />

will continue beyond the post-financial<br />

crisis. A few things however have<br />

changed, and are giving hope: the<br />

start of Arab news channel Al Jazeera<br />

(and later followed by others such as<br />

Al Arabiya) clearly show that news<br />

services can be different, and don’t<br />

need to follow traditional Western<br />

patterns. While most Western<br />

television news between 2007 and<br />

2009 focused on customer relations,<br />

retrenchments and the impact of<br />

globalisation, Arab television news<br />

(and also South African television)<br />

displayed an exceptionally high focus<br />

on investment coverage. In other<br />

words, while the rest of the World<br />

is being told that investments don’t<br />

take place and that the world is a difficult<br />

place, Arab and South African<br />

news are telling their audience a different<br />

story (see chart 4.9). Similarly,<br />

an analysis of coverage on China in<br />

South African media versus Western<br />

media interrogated whether China’s<br />

involvement in Africa should be seen<br />

(metaphorically speaking) as either<br />

that of the “ominous dragon” ready<br />

to recolonise Africa, or that of the<br />

“flying goose” bringing economic<br />

development and aid to a struggling<br />

continent. 10 The results indicate that<br />

Western media continue to portray<br />

China as exploiting Africa, whereas<br />

South African media increasingly<br />

portray China as an economic partner<br />

64 |<br />

in Africa. The research also comes to<br />

the conclusion that South Africans<br />

are starting to deviate from the<br />

traditional Western way of reporting<br />

and instead seem to access non-traditional<br />

media or new media sources<br />

to arrive at an opinion – a healthy<br />

development in a news environment<br />

that, for decades, had been following<br />

the trend of Western media.<br />

Where to from here and why did no<br />

one stop media from making these<br />

mistakes?<br />

If a research institute publishes the<br />

latest data, or a polling institute<br />

publishes new results from questionnaires,<br />

and the media are ‘getting<br />

the numbers wrong’ one would<br />

expect these organisations to call<br />

the respective journalists and editors<br />

to ensure that the misquote is<br />

corrected. After all, there is nothing<br />

worse when YOUR facts are quoted<br />

wrongly. Someone will uncover the<br />

mistakes and your credibility will be<br />

under threat. Will your clients ever<br />

trust you again? How can you continue<br />

speaking about the quality of<br />

your work and the accuracy of your<br />

predictions? Clients, governments, or<br />

perhaps business have used your data<br />

to inform their strategies – and now<br />

it is all wrong, just because of the<br />

media.<br />

So why the silence from the banking<br />

and the automotive industries?<br />

If your earnings show a drop, but


Chart 4.8. Source structure of business coverage in international TV news,<br />

7/2007-6/2009<br />

Journalist<br />

Business<br />

Government/Authorities<br />

Parliaments/Parties<br />

Unions<br />

NGOs<br />

3,29%<br />

1,09%<br />

1%<br />

0,7%<br />

23,71%<br />

68,38%<br />

Society 0,63%<br />

USA<br />

Academics<br />

other/several<br />

0,6%<br />

0,38%<br />

France<br />

Government/Authorities<br />

Parliaments/Parties<br />

Unions<br />

NGOs<br />

EU 0,17%<br />

Spain<br />

Society<br />

Academics<br />

International org. 0,04%<br />

Switzerland<br />

other/several<br />

EU<br />

0% 20% 40% 60% 80%<br />

0% 5% 10% 15%<br />

Share of all reports (%)<br />

you are still making a profit, what<br />

message are you likely to communicate?<br />

Option 1: despite the economic<br />

downturn, we are still making profit.<br />

Option 2: with the economic downturn,<br />

our earnings have declined.<br />

Both are perhaps technically correct,<br />

but option 1 shows confidence, shows<br />

leadership in hard times, shows that<br />

the right business decisions were<br />

made. Option 2 is unlikely to get analysts<br />

and shareholders excited. But it<br />

is option 2 that has dominated coverage<br />

over the past few months – with<br />

no objections from those concerned.<br />

Was the idea of a ‘general downturn’<br />

perhaps convenient for introducing<br />

other negative stories, or even for<br />

executing business decisions that<br />

Germany<br />

South Africa<br />

Arab TV<br />

UK<br />

Italy<br />

Basis: 113,766 reports about companies, industries and managers in 28 international TV news shows<br />

would have been very unpopular in<br />

‘good times’, such as retrenchments?<br />

Or was it just opportune to cover up<br />

wrong investment decisions by management<br />

and decision makers under<br />

the guise of a ‘global downturn’,<br />

and thereby wash one’s hands of<br />

something? Any government would<br />

be up in arms if media were indeed<br />

incorrectly stating national policy<br />

figures, knowing full well just how<br />

important media coverage is in terms<br />

of voter sentiment. After all, media<br />

are a key market, just like a business<br />

environment – or perhaps even more<br />

powerful than that.<br />

The World Economic Forum has commissioned<br />

a poll – released on the<br />

| 65


Analysis<br />

eve of the post-financial crisis year<br />

meeting in January 2010. A poll that<br />

focused on the question of values.<br />

‘Over two-thirds of people believe<br />

the current economic crisis is also a<br />

crisis of ethics and values’. Here are<br />

key findings from the poll 11 :<br />

• The poll results point to a trust<br />

deficit regarding values in the<br />

business world. Only one-quarter<br />

of respondents believe that large,<br />

multinational businesses apply a<br />

values-driven approach to their sectors,<br />

while over 40% believe that<br />

small and medium-sized businesses<br />

apply such an approach<br />

• Almost two-thirds of respondents<br />

believe that people do not apply<br />

the same values in their professional<br />

lives as they do in their private<br />

lives<br />

Finance/results<br />

Strategy/M&A<br />

Products<br />

Image/PR/scandals<br />

Politics/regulation<br />

Stock<br />

HR<br />

Management<br />

own research<br />

Pricing<br />

Society/CSR<br />

other<br />

Production<br />

Salaries/unions<br />

Investments<br />

Customer relations<br />

Environmental policy<br />

Globalisation<br />

R&D<br />

Market position<br />

Company culture<br />

Reporting<br />

Ratings<br />

History<br />

South Africa<br />

France<br />

Spain<br />

Arab TV<br />

Switzerland<br />

USA<br />

Germany<br />

Italy<br />

UK<br />

0% 5% 10% 15%<br />

Share of all reports (%)<br />

• When asked to identify the values<br />

most important for the global political<br />

and economic system, almost<br />

40% chose honesty, integrity and<br />

transparency; 24% chose the rights,<br />

dignity and views of others; 20%<br />

chose the impact of actions on the<br />

well-being of others and 17% chose<br />

preserving the environment.<br />

Most organisations are well aware<br />

of the power of the media: they use<br />

them every day to push their messages<br />

across to the various stakeholders<br />

and target audiences. They cry foul<br />

if their positive social responsibility<br />

commitments do not receive absolute<br />

awe and amazement from the<br />

journalists. They are upset when the<br />

ground-breaking new product does<br />

not receive the desired review. They<br />

Chart 4.9. Topic structure of business coverage in international TV news,<br />

7/2007-6/2009<br />

Reporting<br />

Investments<br />

Globalisation<br />

Customer relations<br />

R&D<br />

0% 1% 2% 3% 4% 5% 6% 7%<br />

Basis: 113,766 reports about companies, industries and managers in 28 international TV news shows<br />

66 |


jubilate if the CEO received another<br />

front page story about strategic<br />

vision and ‘thought leadership’.<br />

Particularly if the competing CEO did<br />

not. But, if the financial results are<br />

interpreted incorrectly, or the overall<br />

economic situation as reported on<br />

in the media differs from their own<br />

assessments – there is silence. Coincidence?<br />

Unlikely – and certainly a<br />

bad choice of judgement. The result<br />

is that trust in companies, particularly<br />

in banks is eroded. It will take a<br />

long time to rebuild this trust but it<br />

will provide the time necessary to reevaluate<br />

the mechanisms companies<br />

will have to develop to assess media<br />

coverage and the impact on stakeholders.<br />

How am I portrayed? How<br />

is the industry portrayed? How is the<br />

economy portrayed? Is it correct?<br />

Negative news might sell for media.<br />

But it does not help to sell products<br />

and services.<br />

1. Asia through the crisis. Perspectives on<br />

emerging economies in the global economic<br />

recovery. September 2009: The<br />

Monitor Group.<br />

2. Reshaping the Financial Times’ newsroom<br />

for the credit crisis. Inter-view<br />

with Managing Editor, Daniel Bogler.<br />

http://www.editorsweblog.org/analysis/2008/10/reshaping_the_financial_<br />

times_newsroom_f.php . Downloaded<br />

17 January, 2010.<br />

3. http://www.cambodia.org/blogs/editorials/labels/Prime%20Minister%20Hun%2<br />

0Sen.html<br />

4. Te Velde, Dirk Willem: The global financial<br />

crisis and developing countries.<br />

Which countries are at risk and what<br />

can be done?. Overseas Development<br />

<strong>Institute</strong>, Background Note, October<br />

2008. www.odi.org.uk/resources/download/2462.pdf.<br />

Accessed15 January, 2010.<br />

5. Griffith-Jones, S & Ocampo, JA. The<br />

Financial Crisis and it’s impact on developing<br />

countries. International Policy<br />

Centre for Inclusive Growth, Brazil.<br />

www.undg-policynet.org/ext/...crisis/<br />

UNDP_-_The_Financial_C.pdf Downloaded<br />

15 January, 2010.<br />

6. Prasad A & Reddy CP: Global Financial<br />

Crisis and Its Impact on India. http://<br />

www.krepublishers.com/02-Journals/<br />

JSS/JSS-21-0-000-09-Web/JSS-21-1-<br />

000-09-Abst-PDF/JSS-21-1-001-09-963-<br />

%20Prasad-A/JSS-21-1-001-09-963-<br />

%20Prasad-A-Tt.pdf<br />

7. http://ipsnews.net/news.<br />

asp?idnews=49332<br />

8. See pages 13 and 14 in the Asia Report<br />

2009 by the Monitor Group<br />

9. www.editorsweblog.org/analysis/2008/11/financial_crisis_a_media_failure.php,<br />

accessed 12 January, 2010.<br />

10. De Beer A & Schreiner W: Of ‚ominous<br />

dragons‘ and ‚flying geese‘: South African<br />

media coverage of China in Africa.<br />

Paper read at the 2009 AEJMC Conference<br />

in Boston, MA.<br />

11. http://www.weforum.org/faith<br />

| 67


2. Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

2.1. The <strong>Trust</strong> <strong>Meltdown</strong><br />

By Alfed R. Berkeley III and Phillip Moyer<br />

The <strong>Trust</strong> <strong>Meltdown</strong> is palpable<br />

in the United States and Europe.<br />

Ordinary people in everyday conversations<br />

believe that their lives have<br />

been made harder and riskier by a<br />

handful of powerful people who violated<br />

trust that society had placed in<br />

them. In their minds, they are victims.<br />

There is no shortage of villains.<br />

There is also significant cynicism<br />

about the cures that would be vindicators<br />

propose. As is happens, the<br />

majority of citizens are pragmatic<br />

and full of common sense. They are<br />

suspicious of the “witch trials” initiated<br />

by politicians and trumpeted<br />

by the media. They see through<br />

and resent the smug arrogance of<br />

public policies that assume the public<br />

needs to be sheltered from harsh<br />

truths. Fear and panic come from the<br />

unknown. Good public policy makes<br />

much more known. The path to confidence<br />

lies in transparency.<br />

We have ample precedent. The<br />

Crash of 1929 and the Depression<br />

was redressed in the short term by<br />

massive stimulus and in the long term<br />

by transparency. What do WE mean,<br />

and how do we know?<br />

We are most familiar with the United<br />

States. Just as America’s financial<br />

68 |<br />

industry is in distress now, it was in<br />

distress in the 1930’s. Then as now,<br />

there was significant call for regulation.<br />

But the differences between<br />

then and now are striking. Now<br />

we are calling for regulation that<br />

is ever more prescriptive about the<br />

operations of the financial services<br />

industry: what credit card fees can<br />

be charged what cannot. Now we<br />

are selectively taxing one group of<br />

producers and subsidizing others:<br />

taxing borrowing and bonuses in the<br />

financial services industry and not in<br />

others.<br />

By contrast, the wise policies of the<br />

1930’s were rooted in the idea that<br />

transparency is a key part of the answer.<br />

The interests vested in opacity<br />

screamed and wailed.<br />

The legislative output of the 1930’s<br />

was remarkable:<br />

The Banking Act of 1933 (Glass–<br />

Steagall) separated deposit taking<br />

from proprietary trading and<br />

established the Federal Deposit<br />

Insurance Corporation.<br />

The Securities Act of 1933 mandated<br />

that public companies tell their<br />

investors something about the<br />

company’s financial health.


The Securities and Exchange Act of<br />

1934 obligated broker dealers and<br />

exchanges to act as honest agents<br />

for their customers and established<br />

the Securities and Exchange Commission<br />

to enforce the Act.<br />

The <strong>Trust</strong> Indenture Act gave<br />

dispersed retail bond holders a<br />

<strong>Trust</strong>ee representing their collective<br />

interests, a counterbalance to<br />

the power o f the issuer.<br />

The Investment Company Act gave<br />

investment managers fiduciary<br />

obligations.<br />

The Maloney Amendment to the<br />

Securities and Exchange Act created<br />

an obligation for the brokerage<br />

industry to regulate itself, in<br />

addition to the regulation provided<br />

by the Securities and Exchange<br />

Commission.<br />

There are others; the point is that<br />

they pretty effectively addressed<br />

the root problems of how risks were<br />

packaged (Glass --Steagall), how<br />

risks were to be revealed (disclosure<br />

requirements) and how conflicts of<br />

interest were to be managed (fiduciary<br />

obligations trump self-interest).<br />

These principles were applied with<br />

great success for some 70 years to the<br />

equities and bonds that had been at<br />

the root of the Crash of 1929 and the<br />

Depression of the 1930’s. The well<br />

thought out reforms of the 1930’s<br />

delivered literally decades of stability<br />

and still permitted both product and<br />

technology innovation.<br />

With the exception of packaging<br />

risk (Glass Steagall), all of the 1930’s<br />

legislation has been strengthened<br />

over the years. Risks were re-bundled<br />

when Glass Steagall was reversed.<br />

Ironically, Glass Steagall was so<br />

effective for so long in preventing<br />

systemic failures, human memories<br />

are so short and human beings are so<br />

greedy that we failed to remember<br />

why the law was passed originally.<br />

Notice that current crash was not<br />

driven by equities or 1930’s style<br />

debt. The new securities at the root<br />

of the current crash did not exist in<br />

the 1930’s. The new securities packaged<br />

risk in new ways. Most of all,<br />

the new securities were not transparent<br />

in any dimension: they did not<br />

disclose either financial health or risk.<br />

Furthermore, the issuers of these new<br />

securities flouted the principal-agent<br />

problem.<br />

The new securities fell between the<br />

jurisdictional cracks of regulatory<br />

authority: some were built on securities<br />

and business models that were<br />

expressly exempted from SEC jurisdiction;<br />

some were ambiguous. Is a credit<br />

default swap insurance, a commercial<br />

contract or a security? Issues you<br />

would like to decide on facts quickly<br />

became a matter of definition. When<br />

the definitions were ambiguous, the<br />

| 69


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

interested parties moved to mitigating<br />

circumstances and on to standing.<br />

Standing is all about who regulates<br />

such securities? Where is Federalism?<br />

The states regulate insurance. The<br />

clear classifications of the 1930’s are<br />

no longer.<br />

So where are the solutions?<br />

The sub-prime mortgage business imploded<br />

because it was not transparent,<br />

because the risk was packaged in<br />

ways that mixed low risk assets with<br />

high risk liabilities, because principal<br />

concerns overpowered agency obligations<br />

, and because jurisdictional<br />

holes removed the threat of a cop on<br />

the beat . Only a few high priests of<br />

finance knew what those securities<br />

contained and whether they were<br />

likely to be repaid. They had the information<br />

to price the securities and<br />

they hoarded it.<br />

Proposed regulatory changes are<br />

likely to address the issues of regulatory<br />

jurisdiction. The cracks between<br />

regulatory agencies are likely to be<br />

filled. Paul Volker’s proposal to re-instate<br />

Glass Steagall may well repackage<br />

risks and address the principal<br />

versus agency issues.<br />

The transparency issues have hardly<br />

been mentioned, and probably will<br />

not be until the jurisdictional issues<br />

are resolved. Nonetheless, they<br />

deserve to be discussed. They are the<br />

70 |<br />

most powerful potion in the prescription.<br />

The press has not picked up on<br />

the importance of transparency. It is<br />

not a sexy topic. It takes years to take<br />

effect. Powerful interests are against<br />

it. Powerful interests are against it<br />

because transparency so powerfully<br />

shifts the balance of power in the<br />

marketplace.<br />

The SEC is quietly moving on dramatically<br />

increasing transparency for<br />

all issues filed with the Commission.<br />

The SEC is updating its public access<br />

system with new technology that<br />

will make all filings machine readable.<br />

It is difficult to overstate the<br />

importance of this change. Machine<br />

readable SEC filings by issuers will democratize<br />

access to financial information<br />

in fundamental ways.<br />

The basic work to make financial<br />

statements, including footnotes,<br />

machine readable has already been<br />

done and the obligation for issues to<br />

submit in machine readable formats<br />

is phasing in.<br />

The basic work to make securitized<br />

residential mortgage-backed securities<br />

machine readable has also been<br />

done, including the initial prospectus<br />

and the monthly remittance information.<br />

Preliminary work has been done<br />

on credit card-backed securities and<br />

automobile loan-backed securities.<br />

No US regulator has mandated machine<br />

readable transparency yet, and


there is considerable resistance from<br />

the securitization industry.<br />

In summary, there is much to be<br />

done and the wheels of reform are<br />

grinding slowly. There is a chance<br />

that the current reforms can deliver<br />

decades of stability and still permit<br />

innovation. It was transparency that<br />

allowed the reforms of the 1930’s to<br />

adjust to innovation in securities and<br />

trading. We need transparency to<br />

make the present round of reforms<br />

work and yet change, to “bend without<br />

breaking.”<br />

| 71


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

2.2. Transparency and Verification from a<br />

Regulator’s Perspective: Using XBRL<br />

to Restore <strong>Trust</strong> in Finance and Government<br />

By Paul Wilkinson<br />

72 |<br />

An Introductory Proverb<br />

It was sometimes difficult to tell if<br />

President Reagan’s favorite proverb<br />

while working to win the Cold War<br />

– “doveryai, no proveryai” or “trust,<br />

but verify” – made Soviet General<br />

Secretary Mikhail Gorbachev grimace<br />

or smile.<br />

“You repeat it at every meeting,” the<br />

General Secretary said to laughter<br />

at the signing of a nuclear treaty in<br />

1987.<br />

“I like it,” the President replied. 1<br />

The proverb is said to have been<br />

favored by Soviet KGB founder Felix<br />

Dzerzhinsky, who, like President<br />

Reagan, did not hesitate to commit<br />

resources to technology in order to<br />

accomplish state ends. In Dzerzhinsky’s<br />

case that included surveillance<br />

technology; in the President’s case, it<br />

included the Strategic Defense Initiative,<br />

a transparent project to undermine<br />

the Mutual Assured Destruction<br />

doctrine and reduce the risk of<br />

nuclear catastrophe.<br />

While subject to a range of judgment,<br />

the cost of the recent financial<br />

crises and the cost of the Cold War<br />

have both been estimated at roughly<br />

$10 trillion. Those costs, and the


As finance and other regulated industries adopt<br />

increasingly technological business processes, regulators<br />

must adopt technology to keep pace. Those with<br />

supervisory and enforcement powers must use eXtensible<br />

Business Reporting Language to serve the public trust.<br />

fact that G20 government deficits<br />

are now at their highest levels since<br />

WWII, make analogies between the<br />

financial crisis and the money cost<br />

of war apt. In war, as in financial<br />

regulation, strategy, intelligence,<br />

and technology are critical. Neither<br />

soldier nor regulator can cover every<br />

potential point of invasion. And<br />

neither soldier nor regulator can<br />

emerge victorious when outgunned<br />

and outsmarted. Only an effective<br />

combination of technology and<br />

transparency can reduce the risk of<br />

modern economic catastrophe. <strong>Trust</strong><br />

and verification, along with strong<br />

deterrence, are vital to the promise<br />

of peace and prosperity alike.<br />

A Pair of Rules and a Set of Priorities<br />

When we arrived at the U.S. Securities<br />

and Exchange Commission in<br />

August 2005, the priorities included<br />

continuing to phase in the Sarbanes-<br />

Oxley Act (SOX) enacted in the wake<br />

of Enron, WorldCom, and the dot<br />

com bubble; resolving a religious war<br />

between accountants and entrepreneurs<br />

over stock option accounting;<br />

addressing Congressional concerns<br />

with respect to public company disclosures<br />

including topics like collaboration<br />

with the Communist government<br />

in China; dealing with a $50<br />

million SEC budget shortfall; improving<br />

the resiliency of capital markets<br />

in case of another terrorist attack<br />

or disaster; filling a large number<br />

of senior staff positions; and dozens<br />

of other high profile and emerging<br />

issues.<br />

In 2004 and early 2005, the Commission<br />

unanimously approved two new<br />

largely non-controversial rules. The<br />

first rule – the “CSE Rule,” with CSE<br />

standing for Consolidated Supervised<br />

Entity – created a voluntary program<br />

to monitor investment bank capital<br />

(because the Commission lacked<br />

authority to create a mandatory program).<br />

The second rule – “Reg. AB,”<br />

with “AB” standing for asset-backed<br />

– formalized about two decades of<br />

precedent related to asset-backed<br />

securities disclosure standards. New<br />

business, and demands stemming<br />

from recent controversial rulemakings,<br />

did not merely suppress the new<br />

Commission’s appetite to revisit these<br />

two seemingly innocuous capital and<br />

ABS rules. Adoption of the rules simply<br />

took them off the menu.<br />

The SEC saw voluntary CSE regulation<br />

as inadequate, and therefore sought<br />

mandatory authority to increase<br />

securities firms’ capital requirements,<br />

but Congress failed to act. The SEC<br />

itself might have set higher targets in<br />

the CSE Rule voluntary program, but<br />

would have found doing so controversial<br />

because it would have put U.S.<br />

entities at a competitive disadvantage<br />

to foreign entities, which were<br />

using standards equivalent to the<br />

voluntary standards that the Commission<br />

adopted.<br />

| 73


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

Final Report of the Advisory Committee on Improvements to Financial<br />

Reporting to the SEC<br />

As it becomes increasingly easy to<br />

move capital around the world, global<br />

regulatory arbitrage is an everincreasing<br />

risk in substantive regulation.<br />

One advantage of regulation<br />

requiring more disclosure, relative to<br />

regulation that sets substantive limits<br />

on certain business activity (voluntary<br />

or mandatory) is that disclosure<br />

regulation can help jurisdictions that<br />

adopt it become more, not less competitive.<br />

The number of warheads<br />

is less important than the ability to<br />

verify and trust the final count.<br />

74 |<br />

August 1, 2008<br />

We see a number of potential benefits of interactive data for reporting<br />

companies and investors relating to financial and non-financial information.<br />

First, interactive data tagging could benefit reporting companies by permitting<br />

improved communications with analysts and investors. Released corporate<br />

data could be instantaneously and immediately usable by analysts in<br />

their models without the need for them to wait for third party aggregators<br />

or staff to input the data into their own format. There would be a reduction<br />

in search costs. Further, such reduced search costs could potentially increase<br />

coverage of companies, especially mid-size and smaller companies, by<br />

sell-side and buy-side analysts, and at both major brokerage and independent<br />

research firms. Interactive data-tagging also would likely improve the<br />

quality of data and the ability of a company to control the presentation of<br />

its financial information. The elimination or reduction of the manual input<br />

would likely reduce error rates in reporting and inputting of corporate data<br />

by aggregators. 2<br />

Better information results in better<br />

markets. Therefore, investors typically<br />

prefer markets with stronger<br />

information ecosystems – the U.S.<br />

market for public company securities,<br />

the world’s strongest capital market,<br />

being Exhibit 1. Giving companies<br />

flexibility to arrange their finances<br />

as they see fit – as long as all material<br />

information is fully and accurately<br />

disclosed according to industry<br />

standard accounting policies – has<br />

repeatedly proven more successful<br />

than command and control. Using<br />

effective disclosure technology may<br />

diminish profits for particular firms as


economic rents are competed out of<br />

a particular market, but unlike parochial<br />

limitations that help incumbent<br />

firms protect their franchises and<br />

create barriers to entry for potential<br />

competitors, disclosure regulation<br />

helps the customers of regulated entities<br />

get closer to the balance of risk<br />

and reward that they ultimately wish<br />

to achieve – and helps these customers<br />

do so at lower prices.<br />

In less regulated markets, such as<br />

music and travel sales, iTunes and Expedia-style<br />

information systems give<br />

consumers remarkably more choice<br />

and lower prices. In the financial<br />

sector, partly because of the high<br />

degree of substantive regulation outside<br />

the basic public company securities<br />

market, Internet-based “creative<br />

destruction” has yet to move far<br />

beyond electronic retail brokerage<br />

on Wall Street and online banking<br />

on Main Street. However, a well-designed<br />

regulatory disclosure system<br />

holds the promise of extending the<br />

benefits of choice and competition to<br />

investing, borrowing, lending, hedging,<br />

insuring, and other financial<br />

sector activity.<br />

In interviews for senior SEC positions,<br />

we regularly asked candidates<br />

about emerging threats to the capital<br />

markets. None identified activity<br />

in light of the CSE Rule or Reg. AB<br />

as a concern. For that matter, none<br />

anticipated a crisis anything like<br />

September 2008. (Critics of implicit<br />

government guarantees to Fannie<br />

Mae and Freddie Mac were probably<br />

most Cassandra-like.) The degree to<br />

which this ignorance of so many of<br />

the nation’s most reputable financial<br />

experts was due to inadequately accessible<br />

information about how companies<br />

were operating under the CSE<br />

Final Report of the Advisory Committee on Improvements to Financial<br />

Reporting to the SEC<br />

August 1, 2008<br />

Second, interactive data has the potential to improve the integration of<br />

company operating and reporting data. Using interactive data, operating<br />

data can be accessed in the internal enterprise applications where it is regularly<br />

stored, and thus will be used for financial reporting purposes without<br />

the necessity of downloading to paper or manual search. The same electronically<br />

accessible data can be used for other purposes beyond those of<br />

financial statements, including tax, industrial filings, audit, benchmarking,<br />

performance reporting, internal management, and sustainability. 3<br />

| 75


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

Rule and Reg. AB is uncertain. What<br />

is certain is that a healthy dose of<br />

forward-looking technology requirements<br />

would have improved both<br />

rules and mitigated the financial<br />

crisis. Despite work under Chairman<br />

William Donaldson to adopt modern<br />

technology to improve capital market<br />

disclosure, the SEC’s rulemaking<br />

apparatus had yet to provide for its<br />

implementation.<br />

Three Crises; Two Styles<br />

Morale is vital to victory in war and<br />

economic growth alike. Churchill<br />

never trembled in public as bombs<br />

fell on London. Reagan was steady<br />

despite Black Monday, Oct. 19, 1987,<br />

the largest one-day market collapse<br />

in history. The former called upon<br />

76 |<br />

the fiber of Londoners; the latter<br />

proclaimed publicly that the real<br />

economy, unlike the global stock exchange<br />

scoreboard, was working just<br />

fine. People trusted President Reagan<br />

not to inject fear and uncertainty<br />

into markets by changing the rules<br />

midstream. Churchill and Reagan<br />

succeeded for the simple reason that<br />

they earned people’s trust with clear<br />

communication.<br />

Wartime morale, prosperous capital<br />

markets, and successful banking are<br />

all about trust. The leader of the U.S.<br />

Securities and Exchange Commission’s<br />

21 st Century Disclosure Initiative, 4 Bill<br />

Lutz, often reminded us that clear<br />

communication builds trust, trust<br />

builds confidence, and money follows<br />

Final Report of the Advisory Committee on Improvements to Financial<br />

Reporting to the SEC<br />

August 1, 2008<br />

[I]nteractive data-tagged financial statements can provide a number of benefits<br />

to investors, including both retail investors and the “model builder/research<br />

analyst.”<br />

Investors can benefit from, among other things, a reduced cost of locating<br />

and inputting data into analytical frameworks, elimination of manual<br />

input thereby reducing the likelihood of input error by an investor or data<br />

aggregator, reduced investor dependence on proprietary and inconsistent<br />

data sources, increased likelihood of more investors utilizing primary data<br />

sources, and reduced cost of and improved company comparisons.<br />

The interactive data-tagged financial statements should enable investors<br />

and experienced analysts at research organizations to spend more time analyzing<br />

data than data gathering. 5


confidence. In September 2008, we<br />

saw a catastrophic failure in the supply<br />

chain for trust.<br />

Late night visits by morose U.S. administration<br />

officials to Capitol Hill<br />

for closed meetings with Congressional<br />

leaders and video of somber<br />

looking authorities walking in and<br />

out of those meetings broadcast to<br />

the world live via satellite triggered<br />

fear, not confidence. The threshold<br />

to trigger mass hysteria among<br />

Congress was low, since few Members<br />

understood the opaque instruments<br />

that triggered the crisis. The<br />

metaphor of a cabinet secretary on<br />

his knee in front of the legislative<br />

branch crowded out thoughtful public<br />

deliberation about how better informed<br />

markets might help stabilize<br />

prices and expedite recovery, as they<br />

did in the years after U.S. Generally<br />

Accepted Accounting Principles were<br />

fully implemented and in the months<br />

after Black Monday. Communications<br />

based on fear rather than substance<br />

destroyed trust and confidence.<br />

When strong leadership based on<br />

unwavering faith in the power of<br />

transparent markets such as that<br />

which President Reagan showed in<br />

October 1987 goes missing, other<br />

means of clear communication are<br />

essential. Today’s challenge, in the<br />

wake of the most severe breakdown<br />

in trust in the financial industry since<br />

the Great Depression, is to rebuild a<br />

path from clear communication to<br />

trust to productive investment.<br />

How eXtensible Business Reporting<br />

Language Users Received Special<br />

Communications and Beat the SEC<br />

and the Market<br />

In August 2005, the most controversial<br />

ongoing concern at the SEC was<br />

the implementation of SOX financial<br />

reporting internal control requirements,<br />

with an objective of ensuring<br />

that better internal communications<br />

would strengthen trust in a company’s<br />

external disclosures. Large companies<br />

found it costly to create and<br />

enforce manual controls that satisfied<br />

their auditors, who understandably<br />

imposed high standards in light<br />

of extraordinary potential personal<br />

liability among firm partners. Small<br />

companies, whose compliance was<br />

being phased in, feared SOX costs<br />

would put them at a competitive<br />

disadvantage to their larger brethren,<br />

while perceived systemic risks<br />

included the failure of any one of<br />

the four remaining large accounting<br />

firms.<br />

We believed technology could make<br />

better internal controls more cost-effective<br />

for companies and safer for<br />

auditors from a liability perspective.<br />

However, we were also concerned<br />

that promoting a specific technology<br />

as a way to help achieve cost-effective<br />

SOX compliance might taint that<br />

technology with SOX-like controversy<br />

| 77


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

Final SEC Rule Mandating XBRL Public Company Disclosure<br />

and delay its implementation. In the<br />

end, while the 2008 Advisory Committee<br />

on Improvements to Financial<br />

Reporting mentioned audit as an<br />

application for eXtensible Business<br />

Reporting Language, the final rule<br />

did not stress XBRL’s potential to<br />

improve auditing. Since companies<br />

were responsible for ensuring that<br />

data in their interactive data filings<br />

was equivalent to information on<br />

their traditional financial statements,<br />

and that information could be easily<br />

checked by anyone with Internet<br />

access, the Commission viewed an additional<br />

audit as superfluous.<br />

78 |<br />

December 2008<br />

Also, to the extent investors currently are required to pay for access to annual<br />

or quarterly report disclosure that has been extracted and reformatted<br />

into an interactive data format by third-party sources, the availability of interactive<br />

data in Commission filings will allow investors to avoid additional<br />

costs associated with third party sources.<br />

We believe that requiring issuers to file their financial statements using interactive<br />

data format will enable investors, analysts, and the Commission<br />

staff to capture and analyze that information more quickly and at less cost<br />

than is possible using the same financial information provided in a static format.<br />

Any investor with a computer and an internet connection will have the<br />

ability to acquire and download interactive financial data that have generally<br />

been available only to large institutional users. The new interactive data<br />

requirements will not change disclosure requirements under the federal securities<br />

laws and regulations, but will add a requirement to include financial<br />

statements in a new interactive data format as an exhibit. 6<br />

Nevertheless, common sense and<br />

experience lead to the conclusion<br />

that it is much less expensive to<br />

verify that computer programs are<br />

running according to design than it<br />

is to monitor the hearts and minds<br />

of all who might, in the absence of<br />

technology controls, intentionally or<br />

negligently inject material errors into<br />

the financial reporting supply chain.<br />

Moreover, the message that one’s<br />

profession might be shrunk via automation<br />

may not be warmly received.<br />

So we charged ahead with XBRL for<br />

U.S. GAAP for all of the reasons articulated<br />

by the Advisory Committee<br />

on Improvements to Financial Report-


ing and in the Final Rule itself. (See<br />

accompanying text boxes.) Similarly,<br />

we proceeded with XBRL as an early<br />

demonstration of a way to improve<br />

executive compensation disclosure 7<br />

and as a mandatory standard for<br />

mutual fund and credit rating agency<br />

disclosure.<br />

Neither SOX nor XBRL, of course,<br />

applied to asset-backed securities<br />

disclosure, since the securities<br />

were issued as separate instruments<br />

through special purpose vehicles<br />

rather than public companies. The<br />

public companies that traded ABS<br />

generally complied with SOX insofar<br />

as implementing internal controls<br />

over their U.S. GAAP reporting. It is<br />

a commonplace that few anticipated<br />

the financial crisis, but some investors<br />

saw beyond mere SOX compliance.<br />

These investors paid to convert ABS<br />

data from its unstructured ASCII and<br />

Final SEC Rule Mandating XBRL Public Company Disclosure<br />

December 2008<br />

The new rules are intended not only to make financial information easier<br />

for investors to analyze, but also to assist in automating regulatory filings<br />

and business information processing. Interactive data has the potential to<br />

increase the speed, accuracy and usability of financial disclosure, and eventually<br />

reduce costs.<br />

Interactive data can create new ways for investors, analysts, and others to<br />

retrieve and use financial information in documents filed with us. For example,<br />

users of financial information will be able to download it directly<br />

into spreadsheets, analyze it using commercial off-the-shelf software, or use<br />

it within investment models in other software formats. Through interactive<br />

data, what is currently static, text-based information can be dynamically<br />

searched and analyzed, facilitating the comparison of financial and business<br />

performance across companies, reporting periods, and industries.<br />

Interactive data also provide a significant opportunity to automate regulatory<br />

filings and business information processing, with the potential to increase<br />

the speed, accuracy, and usability of financial disclosure. Such automation<br />

could eventually reduce costs. A company that uses a standardized<br />

interactive data format at earlier stages of its reporting cycle could reduce<br />

the need for repetitive data entry and, therefore, the likelihood of human<br />

error. In this way, interactive data may improve the quality of information<br />

while reducing its cost. 8<br />

| 79


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

HTML format available under Reg.<br />

AB into structured formats that could<br />

be analyzed in spreadsheets. 9<br />

As the SEC simultaneously developed<br />

other uses for XBRL, EDGAR Online,<br />

Inc., a leading U.S. financial software<br />

firm, used XBRL to analyze residential<br />

mortgage-backed securities (RMBS)<br />

for clients well before the crisis<br />

became acute. In spring 2007, Wired<br />

magazine reports, 10 two hedge<br />

funds asked EDGAR Online, which<br />

had experience parsing documentbased<br />

GAAP disclosures for public<br />

companies, to do the same for RMBS.<br />

Because RMBS disclosures to the SEC<br />

were made in ASCII and HTML, not a<br />

business-specific standard, the company<br />

had to assign “four engineers<br />

to categorize and standardize the…<br />

contents―creating a Rosetta stone<br />

that could translate the 600 unique,<br />

inconsistent fields into 100 uniform<br />

categories.”<br />

According to Wired, after the engineers<br />

delivered the results of their<br />

findings, the hedge funds “saw…a<br />

nationwide crisis in the making<br />

– as adjustable-rate mortgage rates<br />

ballooned, countless home-owners<br />

would default on their loans, rendering<br />

the securities built on them<br />

worthless.”<br />

Transparency – for those who paid<br />

for it in this case – completely<br />

changed the financial battlefield. The<br />

80 |<br />

message to those who paid for the<br />

information was clear: Short mortgage-backed<br />

securities and anything<br />

that depends on them.<br />

The sophisticated investors who paid<br />

to structure RMBS data in XBRL obviously<br />

had better information about<br />

their investments than the putatively<br />

“sophisticated” investors who only<br />

had old-fashioned ASCII and HTML to<br />

help them with their due diligence.<br />

Like modern warfare that increasingly<br />

depends on the surveillance and<br />

speed of satellites, faster and better<br />

knowledge of the RMBS changed the<br />

terms of competition in the markets.<br />

Goldman Sachs Group CEO Lloyd<br />

Blankfein defended his firm in his<br />

January 13, 2010, testimony to the<br />

Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission<br />

(FCIC) on the basis that it only sold<br />

RMBS derivatives to “sophisticated”<br />

investors. The fact that many of these<br />

so-called sophisticated investors were<br />

unable to use the disclosures required<br />

by the SEC under Reg. AB speaks for<br />

itself. Mr. Blankfein may wish today<br />

that the sophisticated investors with<br />

whom he did business had better<br />

information, though Goldman Sachs<br />

and other participants might not<br />

have found the market for RMBS and<br />

their derivatives nearly as profitable.<br />

On January 13, Mr. Blankfein found<br />

himself defending his firm for<br />

hedging its asset-backed securities<br />

derivatives – what critics have called


Toward Greater Transparency: Modernizing the Securities and Exchange<br />

Commission’s Disclosure System, SEC Staff Report<br />

betting against some of its clients.<br />

Similar conflict of interest challenges<br />

exist in public company markets,<br />

but industry standard GAAP format<br />

disclosures help manage that risk effectively<br />

by leveling the information<br />

playing field. The FCIC will explore<br />

why simple securities based on large<br />

pools of future flows of funds from<br />

individual borrowers – considerably<br />

simpler to value than the debt<br />

or equity securities issued by public<br />

companies – led so many to accept<br />

so much hidden risk. The FCIC should<br />

determine why complex instruments<br />

designed to manage that risk failed,<br />

and why disclosure might have been<br />

poor in the first place, leading to<br />

January 2009<br />

The Commission’s current approach to XBRL has been to develop ways<br />

to translate disclosure documents on the current paper forms into XBRLformatted<br />

files. A further step is required. The Commission should adopt<br />

a modernized disclosure system, designed specifically for interactive data,<br />

which will realize the full power of data tagging, identify ways to consolidate<br />

and simplify the current disclosure regime, and make better use of<br />

modern technologies.<br />

As we describe in the next section, the Commission should consider creating<br />

and implementing a modernized disclosure system. The system, organized<br />

around a data warehouse, could be flexible to incorporate multiple methods<br />

of submitting and disseminating information. This modernized disclosure<br />

system would make information more accessible and easier to use, thus serving<br />

and protecting investors. 11<br />

the development of more complex<br />

instruments to manage unnecessarily<br />

hidden risk.<br />

The SEC found in January 2005 that<br />

it was not practical to draft detailed<br />

disclosure guides for each type of<br />

asset-backed instrument that may<br />

be securitized. That was before the<br />

Commission understood the meaning<br />

of eXtensible, which makes it easy to<br />

customize disclosure for genuinely<br />

unique facts about particular securities<br />

while still tagging the information<br />

to make it as useful as possible<br />

to investors. With the experience of<br />

developing and updating the U.S.<br />

GAAP and other XBRL reporting<br />

| 81


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

systems, the technology is ready. Five<br />

years later, in January 2010, it is not<br />

only practical – it is essential to use<br />

XBRL to guide disclosure for assetbacked<br />

securities.<br />

Data Discipline<br />

Successful conversations require<br />

that speaker and listener be on the<br />

same page. With solid empirical<br />

data, computer programs can run a<br />

“check sum” to validate meaning.<br />

The English language, regrettably,<br />

does not have the same check-sum<br />

ability to fully align speaker or writer<br />

and listener or reader. In studying<br />

to join the local church in California<br />

after leaving the SEC, I found<br />

that the local Methodists, unlike my<br />

former Lutheran church, tend to use<br />

the word “discipline.” My concept of<br />

the word was “punishment,” which I<br />

told the pastor did not seem particularly<br />

welcoming. He explained that<br />

82 |<br />

Methodists mean it as regulation or<br />

accountability, not punishment.<br />

A theological taxonomy must wait,<br />

but as more capital moves around<br />

the globe more quickly, it is more<br />

important than ever that investors in<br />

different markets be able to understand<br />

what securities issuers in other<br />

markets mean by particular disclosures.<br />

Fortunately, XBRL taxonomies<br />

can be translated into multiple<br />

languages, more carefully and costeffectively<br />

than individual financial<br />

statements. Like a language itself,<br />

these taxonomies can be widely<br />

shared. The International Financial<br />

Reporting Standards taxonomy has<br />

been translated into languages from<br />

Albanian to Ukrainian. Even where<br />

regulated entity and regulator and<br />

investor all speak the same language,<br />

tying particular data to a particular<br />

data tag can enforce more disci-<br />

Toward Greater Transparency: Modernizing the Securities and Exchange<br />

Commission’s Disclosure System, SEC Staff Report<br />

January 2009<br />

The Commission should design and implement a modernized disclosure system<br />

in which interactive data replaces plain-text disclosure documents.<br />

Under the Commission’s current document-based disclosure system, electronic<br />

documents patterned on paper forms are the primary means of submission,<br />

storage, and dissemination of disclosure information. These electronic<br />

documents contain disclosure information in a plain-text format. The<br />

Commission should design and implement a modernized disclosure system<br />

in which interactive data replaces documents. 12


pline than various interpretations<br />

– and misinterpretations – of printed<br />

words.<br />

In the financial crisis, binary data<br />

about particular events contributed<br />

to the atmosphere of fear and<br />

breathless panic among some commentators.<br />

The psychological impact<br />

of the potential bankruptcy of securities<br />

firms – commonly called investment<br />

“banks” despite their status as<br />

non-depository financial institutions<br />

– along with the concept of “breaking<br />

the buck” are two examples of<br />

how sudden changes can be more<br />

unsettling than gradual transitions.<br />

This is particularly true when those<br />

sudden changes are perceived (or<br />

mis-perceived) to be so dramatic<br />

that they could cause ATM’s to “stop<br />

working.”<br />

The five consolidated supervised<br />

entities under the CSE rule were not<br />

“banks” in the eyes of the public. For<br />

most people, banks are where they<br />

go to make FDIC-insured deposits and<br />

facilitate day-to-day money transactions.<br />

The liquidity crisis among<br />

“investment banks” did not threaten<br />

those deposits. Only the results of a<br />

much larger crisis foisted on a public<br />

panicked by the story that some of<br />

the world’s largest “banks” were failing<br />

could do that. Perhaps in lowering<br />

the barriers between different<br />

types of financial institution activity,<br />

Gramm-Leach-Bliley might have<br />

added a truth-in-labeling provision,<br />

reserving the word “bank” for the<br />

offering of insured deposits and the<br />

word “investment” for instruments<br />

presenting additional risk.<br />

Some leaders and media responsibly<br />

referred to the consolidated supervised<br />

entities as “securities firms” – a<br />

more accurate description of their<br />

line of business, which was typically<br />

securities activity to facilitate the<br />

investment of money in common<br />

enterprises for profit derived from<br />

the efforts of others. Even “securities<br />

firm” falls short, however, since it<br />

failed to distinguish between the retail<br />

brokerage arms of the CSE’s and<br />

the much larger “bank holding companies”<br />

that owned the brokerage<br />

arms. In this case, clearer communication<br />

about what people might expect<br />

from different types of financial<br />

activity – such as simple definitions<br />

of financial services and their respective<br />

risks – would have changed the<br />

dynamics of the unfolding crisis.<br />

In the case of large money market<br />

funds potentially “breaking the<br />

buck,” the psychological impact<br />

stems from the use of “buck” as<br />

a proxy for safety. The buck is the<br />

proxy because facts beyond valuation<br />

are less transparent to investors,<br />

particularly the market, book, and<br />

historical values of underlying assets<br />

in which money market creators<br />

invest funds. An XBRL taxonomy<br />

| 83


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

covering a wide-ranging schedule<br />

of investments already exists. Were<br />

there the will and the leadership,<br />

money market funds could deploy it<br />

for the benefit of investors in a matter<br />

of weeks and it could be quickly<br />

enhanced to facilitate the disclosure<br />

of any fact regulators see as useful to<br />

investors. The facts are there; what<br />

is needed is a way to open the silo<br />

doors and count the warheads.<br />

The application of technology to<br />

particular words forces speakers and<br />

writers to be more precise. The work<br />

of creating an XBRL taxonomy for<br />

a particular regulatory purpose can<br />

give words more meaning and eliminate<br />

the need for other words, resulting<br />

in more disciplined reporting<br />

and more usable disclosure. XBRL’s<br />

application to financial regulation<br />

can contribute to clear communication,<br />

confidence, and trust.<br />

Instead of recreating the Glass-Steagall<br />

barriers that stood until Gramm-<br />

Leach-Bliley – perhaps as difficult as<br />

putting Humpty Dumpty back together<br />

again – XBRL taxonomies that<br />

support robust regulatory discrimination<br />

among financial business segments<br />

and activities might be used to<br />

recreate systemic protection without<br />

dumping baby and bathwater<br />

together. Creating and implementing<br />

adequate disclosure taxonomies can<br />

protect financial services customers<br />

and taxpayers alike.<br />

84 |<br />

Sunlight has long been held to be the<br />

best disinfectant in financial markets,<br />

and XBRL shines more light than any<br />

previous technology. By opening<br />

the doors to the silos, it expands the<br />

scope of analysis for professionals<br />

while also allowing all participants<br />

in a market equal access to both<br />

facts and greater understanding. By<br />

reducing or eliminating the need<br />

to rekey and normalize data, it lets<br />

analysts and investors evaluate more<br />

investments or spend more time<br />

on the companies they cover. And<br />

it facilitates faster transmission of<br />

news, good and bad alike, from the<br />

transaction level to the reporting<br />

level. Full transparency is the fastest<br />

path to strengthened trust, and XBRL<br />

not only shines sunlight on current<br />

markets but opens the possibility to<br />

new markets.<br />

As long as information-era markets<br />

operate on an agricultural-era<br />

schedule – with exchanges open only<br />

as long as the sun is in the local sky<br />

– there will be opening and closing<br />

volatility. XBRL could help make<br />

24-hour markets more accessible to<br />

more investors, not just investors<br />

large enough to trade off-exchange,<br />

by allowing for the automated<br />

gradual daily or hourly or weekly<br />

release of data, instead of constraining<br />

investors to the market-moving<br />

quarterly guidance and earnings<br />

releases, which favor those who have<br />

sufficient resources to act quickly.


Changing the water temperature<br />

slowly over time allows time for<br />

orderly entry and exit from the pool;<br />

instantly boiling or freezing the water<br />

every three months does not.<br />

Data Contagion<br />

In the heat of the crisis, one argument<br />

for market intervention was<br />

that large financial institutions were<br />

“too interconnected to fail” – that<br />

failure would become a contagious<br />

pandemic. Regardless of whether<br />

they failed or received extraordinary<br />

federal help, there were sufficient<br />

connections to reduce market prices<br />

not just for real estate but for productive<br />

business assets in the form<br />

of equity. XBRL cannot solve the<br />

challenge of detecting correlated<br />

valuations by itself, but to the extent<br />

it smoothes the flow of information<br />

about particular assets, it can contribute<br />

to prices that more reasonably<br />

reflect long-term value. Making the<br />

connections between facts relevant<br />

to multiple financial instruments<br />

more obvious yields context for each<br />

instrument.<br />

As the full dimensions of the housing<br />

and financial crisis became known<br />

in fall 2008, the SEC worked quickly<br />

to find ways to use XBRL’s capabilities<br />

to help. XBRL US, a non-profit<br />

consortium, assembled an XBRL taxonomy<br />

that could do for the entire<br />

residential mortgage-backed securities<br />

market what the EDGAR Online<br />

taxonomy had done for its clients:<br />

Present mortgage-backed securities<br />

information in clear, unbiased, and<br />

complete form. We presented the<br />

information to SEC staff, Treasury<br />

Department, and Federal Reserve officials,<br />

but in the rush toward market<br />

intervention, it failed to garner the<br />

attention it merited.<br />

Among the concerns were that<br />

technology-based transparency<br />

would distract attention from work<br />

to encourage mortgage holders to<br />

renegotiate mortgages with borrowers.<br />

Traditional regulators appeared<br />

to find it challenging to understand<br />

how a working RMBS tracking system<br />

could create price stability in the<br />

RMBS market. Some might have<br />

been concerned that full transparency<br />

would result in prices stabilizing<br />

at unattractive levels, but as basic<br />

economics makes clear, markets and<br />

price only stabilize when information<br />

asymmetry is removed. We barely<br />

touched on the potential of XBRL to<br />

let borrowers know exactly who held<br />

rights to their streams of payments<br />

and who had bet that there was a<br />

particular probability they would<br />

default – information that could only<br />

reduce the tilt of the lender-borrower<br />

playing field and make it easier to<br />

resolve defaults.<br />

Another form of contagion XBRL can<br />

prevent is the contagion of plain old<br />

typing errors, or errors from parsing<br />

| 85


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

Comment to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission<br />

on File No. S7-23-09, Extension of Filing Accommodation for Static Pool<br />

Information in Filing With Respect to Asset-Backed Securities,<br />

EDGAR Online, Inc.<br />

ASCII and HTML financial statements.<br />

Even the best third-party service<br />

can’t present a company’s financial<br />

statements as well as the company<br />

86 |<br />

December 9, 2009<br />

The complete collapse of the Mortgage Backed Securities market, the subsequent<br />

TARP bailout, and the lack of buyers of government owned MBS<br />

and the frozen credit market clearly demonstrate that investors are unable<br />

to access adequate information to model the cash flows and risks in these<br />

assets. The economic events of these past 24 months provide empirical proof<br />

that the current patchwork of issuers’ web sites and self-defined reporting<br />

standards simply do not work.<br />

ABSs issuers creating their own data and report formats, and posting on their<br />

own web site – without any centralized validation process from any regulatory<br />

authority – have created a veritable Tower of Babel for this market.<br />

Investors are left sorting out incompatible data labels, reporting formats,<br />

reporting schedules, file formats, and blank or erroneous data. Investors are<br />

confounded, regulators and auditors are unable to spot risks, and ultimately<br />

the market is opaque due to this systemic lack of data reporting standards.<br />

Technology exists that can make ABSs reporting transparent, easy, and inexpensive<br />

for issuers and investors such as eXtensible Business Reporting Language<br />

(XBRL)[, which] is an international open financial data reporting format<br />

already adopted by the SEC and by the FDIC as well as numerous other<br />

worldwide regulatory bodies. XBRL.US, a non-profit consortium, has already<br />

produced a 1,000-element data specification for asset backed securities that<br />

can be implemented by the SEC. It will cost issuers only a few hundred dollars<br />

per document and servicers a few hundred dollars per servicing report<br />

to produce. The size of such a data file using this specification will be smaller<br />

than a single 3 minute song on an Apple I-Pod. 13<br />

itself. Data intermediaries produce<br />

hearsay. Once created, errors can<br />

flow through third party systems<br />

undetected. Even issuers themselves


make simple errors in their document-based<br />

disclosure. Before its<br />

successful completion, more than one<br />

participant in the SEC’s XBRL Voluntary<br />

Filing Program found that the<br />

process of using XBRL revealed errors<br />

in their official SEC filings that had<br />

gone undetected.<br />

Structured disclosure means that<br />

regulators will receive more trustworthy<br />

information and that information<br />

becomes easier to verify before a<br />

scheme runs out of control. Among<br />

the most important findings of the<br />

SEC Inspector General’s report on the<br />

Madoff Ponzi scheme was that the<br />

SEC failed to verify Madoff’s purported<br />

trades with a clearinghouse. The<br />

SEC’s stated reason was that it would<br />

have been difficult to analyze the<br />

data. That is one of XBRL’s assets: it<br />

allows computers to iterate verification<br />

models far more quickly than<br />

humans working with documents or<br />

unstructured or poorly structured<br />

data could hope to accomplish in<br />

their wildest dreams. There is no<br />

reason XBRL could not be used to reconcile<br />

investor brokerage statements<br />

(aggregated to reflect fungible bulk)<br />

with clearinghouse records, changing<br />

the Cold War between regulators and<br />

regulated into an automated quality<br />

control exercise. <strong>Trust</strong> but verify.<br />

Perhaps most important, XBRL can<br />

give investors and other financial<br />

sector customers new and more ef-<br />

fective tools to improve how they<br />

regulate the market. After all, the<br />

most powerful form of market regulation<br />

is the price regulation that results<br />

when well-informed and willing<br />

buyers and sellers disagree on values<br />

of particular rights with respect to<br />

goods, services, and securities. The<br />

more information held by both sides,<br />

the more likely they will bargain<br />

to a sustainable price. Arbitraging<br />

price creates markets; arbitraging<br />

trust does not. Making industry<br />

standard structured disclosure about<br />

any security available to the entire<br />

market can help promote stability. Its<br />

absence in the case of RMBS created<br />

schisms over the value of certain<br />

securities, making price agreement<br />

impossible, freezing the markets, and<br />

destroying liquidity. Each of these<br />

outcomes was ultimately a proxy for<br />

the absence of trust.<br />

Conclusion<br />

XBRL offers investors better, faster,<br />

and cheaper access to information<br />

while it offers regulators opportunities<br />

to facilitate trust, improve verification,<br />

and use a combination of<br />

market incentives and legal hammers<br />

to deter attack. The world of business<br />

reporting is likely to change as much<br />

in the next 15 years as the worlds of<br />

interpersonal communications and<br />

social media have changed in the<br />

past 15 years. From letters and long<br />

distance phone calls, to e-mail and<br />

free nationwide calling, to Facebook<br />

| 87


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

and HD teleconferencing from the TV<br />

in your den, people are communicating<br />

with each other in new and ever<br />

more robust ways.<br />

How business reports to its owners<br />

and investors, however, has failed<br />

to keep pace with the potential of<br />

technology. As technology becomes<br />

easier to use – and it always does<br />

– accounting and auditing professionals<br />

will be empowered to create<br />

more value at lower cost. Software<br />

will drive down the cost of analyzing<br />

business facts, further reducing cost<br />

and increasing demand for quality<br />

information. Shareholders, who will<br />

be increasingly empowered by technology,<br />

will demand that management<br />

catch up and keep up – or they<br />

will simply invest elsewhere. As the<br />

Internet moves beyond documentbased<br />

Web pages to a wide array of<br />

data-based user interfaces, regulators<br />

will either keep up or be left behind.<br />

By leading XBRL adoption, regulators<br />

help themselves keep up.<br />

The value of business reporting<br />

depends upon a combination of the<br />

quality of the standard, the quality<br />

of information reported using<br />

the standard, and the quality of the<br />

application of the standard to the<br />

information. Even today, standards<br />

make forensic accounting cost-effective<br />

for large investors and the<br />

SEC itself. Hedge funds use them to<br />

find short selling opportunities and<br />

88 |<br />

pierce bubbles sooner. XBRL can<br />

improve the market for investment<br />

analysis for all investors by creating<br />

a sea change in the cost structure for<br />

analysis.<br />

As a global standard, XBRL will continue<br />

to make it easier for individuals<br />

and entities to fully and more<br />

safely participate in global capital<br />

markets. The printing press was a<br />

tool to liberate billions; the great<br />

XBRL data press can do still more<br />

to empower people to collaborate,<br />

verify, act thoughtfully, and prosper.<br />

Regulators, by setting clear standards<br />

for the use of XBRL, can bring all of<br />

the benefits of trust to more people<br />

around the world sooner.<br />

1. http://www.reagan.utexas.edu/archives/<br />

speeches/1987/120887c.htm<br />

2. http://www.sec.gov/about/offices/oca/<br />

acifr/acifr-finalreport.pdf<br />

3. ibid.<br />

4. http://www.sec.gov/spotlight/disclosureinitiative/report.pdf<br />

5. http://www.sec.gov/about/offices/oca/<br />

acifr/acifr-finalreport.pdf<br />

6. http://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2009/33-<br />

9002.pdf<br />

7. The tool that disclosed executive<br />

compensation for the senior officials of<br />

about 500 companies allowed investors<br />

to use XBRL data in two of the<br />

traditional compensation disclosure<br />

tables required by the SEC, making<br />

controversy over stock option valuation<br />

obsolete by letting investors use either<br />

method with the click of a mouse.<br />

XBRL should soon make mandating the<br />

creation of particular tables obsolete,


as any data reported in tabular format<br />

becomes much more useful when it is<br />

data tagged and can be easily arranged<br />

according to user preferences instead of<br />

preparer preferences.<br />

8. http://www.sec.gov/rules/final/2009/33-<br />

9002.pdf<br />

9. Depending on the complexity of the<br />

information and the purpose of its<br />

use, spreadsheets may or may not be<br />

the most useful means of preparing,<br />

analyzing, and using XBRL data. XBRL<br />

is interface neutral, highly usable in<br />

spreadsheets, databases, and other<br />

data-centric user interfaces.<br />

10. http://www.wired.com/techbiz/it/magazine/17-03/wp_reboot<br />

11. http://www.sec.gov/spotlight/disclosureinitiative/report.pdf<br />

12. ibid.<br />

13. http://www.scribd.com/doc/23942961/<br />

Edgar-Online-re-ABS-Modernize-Disclosure-Cut-Costs-Achieve-Transparency-<br />

Restart-Securitization<br />

| 89


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

2.3. Enhancing Capital Markets Transparency<br />

and <strong>Trust</strong><br />

By Liv Apneseth Watson<br />

The idea that regulatory-required<br />

disclosure can reduce risks and foster<br />

transparence is not something new<br />

to public policy. As early as the 1930s,<br />

reacting to the market meltdown<br />

of the great depression, President<br />

Franklin D. Roosevelt championed<br />

the approval of the United States<br />

Securities and Exchange (SEC) Acts,<br />

which required companies that sold<br />

securities to the public to reveal<br />

earnings, obligations, and other data<br />

to foster transparence to investors.<br />

Over time, those disclosure requirements<br />

formed the basis for public<br />

confidence in the nation‘s securities<br />

markets.<br />

Back then before copy machines,<br />

fax machines, and computers had<br />

been invented. People traveled to<br />

Washington, D.C., to public reference<br />

rooms to gather information<br />

they wanted to use for analysis or<br />

other purpose and then called key<br />

stakeholders about the event from<br />

SEC-provided payphones. In those<br />

days, you had to have pocket full of<br />

quarters if you went digging into<br />

SEC filings. Now, in the wake of yet<br />

another market meltdown, government,<br />

regulators, industry groups<br />

and investors are once again taking<br />

a closer look at how disclosure works<br />

in practice.<br />

90 |<br />

The Internet and electronic communication<br />

has ensured that information<br />

is more freely available than ever<br />

before and that the time it takes to<br />

deliver that information has sharply<br />

decreased. The key question is now:<br />

How reusable is that information?<br />

Even when you know exactly what<br />

you are looking for and roughly<br />

where to find it, extracting information<br />

from financial and business<br />

reports today generally involves a<br />

largely human error prone manual<br />

effort that is often very frustrating<br />

and time-consuming. The biggest<br />

problem is that the format and media<br />

on which financial and business reported<br />

disclosures are authored and<br />

shared varies widely between paper,<br />

html, pdf, and other human readable<br />

forms or proprietary electronic<br />

formats tied to a specific software<br />

application. Each publishing format<br />

has its limitations.<br />

To resolve the problem of providing<br />

reusable access to timely, relevant,<br />

discoverable and accurate financial<br />

and business information a marketdriven<br />

open-standard consortium has<br />

evolved and developed an information<br />

standard called XBRL short<br />

for eXtensible Business Reporting<br />

Language. This international consortium<br />

powerfully connects members<br />

representing the entire business


Source: XBRL International, Inc<br />

XBRL a universal language of business information<br />

transforming the approach to disclosure<br />

Figure 1: The Financial and Business Reporting Supply Chain<br />

reporting supply chain (see Figure<br />

1 above) in the development of a<br />

standards-based solution for financial<br />

and business information that is<br />

universally open, industry-driven, and<br />

internationally endorsed.<br />

XBRL International is comprised<br />

of local jurisdictions which focus<br />

on the progress development and<br />

coordination of XBRL in their region<br />

and direct members in regions that<br />

jurisdictions have yet to be formed.<br />

Members of XBRL International<br />

include approximately 600 leading<br />

companies, associations, government<br />

and other industry agencies involved<br />

in providing or using business information.<br />

XBRL Components<br />

There are two main components to<br />

XBRL: the XBRL Specification and<br />

the XBRL Taxonomies, including the<br />

underlying linkbases.<br />

1: XBRL Specification<br />

The XBRL technical Specification<br />

provides the fundamental definition<br />

of how XBRL actually works.<br />

The Specification allows software<br />

vendors, programmers and end users<br />

who adopt it as a specification<br />

to enhance the creation, exchange,<br />

and comparison of financial reporting<br />

information. The documentation<br />

of the Specification is published by<br />

XBRL International and is available at<br />

http://www.xbrl.org/Specifications/.<br />

| 91


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

2: XBRL Taxonomies<br />

The key to understanding the<br />

benefits of XBRL lays in the notion<br />

of “taxonomies” and it is probably<br />

time for all executives to add „XBRL<br />

Taxonomies“ to their professional<br />

vocabulary.<br />

XBRL taxonomies are basically dictionaries<br />

of business terms and links<br />

to their corresponding linkbases. Not<br />

only does the information become<br />

instantly searchable and retrievable,<br />

but it can also be immediately loaded<br />

into spreadsheets and any number of<br />

software applications for analysis.<br />

“[T]he data is trapped in an iceberg<br />

of paper in these current systems,<br />

and if we could just tag that data it<br />

would be instantly available. That<br />

iceberg would melt, that data would<br />

be freely available, and it would be<br />

accurate, it would be complete, it<br />

would be timely, it would be relevant,<br />

and it would be comparable.”<br />

Alfred Berkeley, former President<br />

Nasdaq, CEO Pipeline Trading, New<br />

York<br />

Figure 2, shows a sample of an original<br />

data item with tagged and linked<br />

explanatory labels that enhance the<br />

user‘s understanding of a data element.<br />

• Label Linkbase: This is a list of common<br />

business reporting term that<br />

Figure 2: Standardized Linked Meta Data Labels Indentify the Meaning and<br />

Validation of Every Disclosure<br />

92 |


is used in general purpose financial<br />

and business reporting statements.<br />

• Presentation Linkbase: This allows<br />

the user to click on a link and see<br />

the information in different views<br />

and different languages.<br />

• Reference Linkbase: This allows for<br />

data items to be linked directly to<br />

items in authoritative literature<br />

such as US GAAP standards or other<br />

authoritative literature.<br />

• Formula Linkbase: This allows one<br />

to set triggers that could give early<br />

warning signals for accounts that<br />

are in trouble with one click of the<br />

mouse. A common way to communicate<br />

and exchange these formulas<br />

among stakeholder<br />

• Context Linkbase: This gives the<br />

XBRL tagged item more information<br />

about the data item, such as<br />

it is a budget number in US dollars<br />

for fiscal year 2008.<br />

• Calculation Linkbase: This explains<br />

from what calculation the number<br />

derives, for example ensuring that<br />

Cash equals Currency plus deposits.<br />

• Other Linkbases: This allows the<br />

author’s of financial and business<br />

reporting data to add or link additional<br />

attributes to a data item.<br />

Companies can provide additional<br />

data definitions, authoritative liter-<br />

Brief description of Sample XBRL<br />

projects worldwide<br />

(in alphabetical order)<br />

Belgium<br />

Since January 2008, XBRL has been<br />

mandatory for all filings of annual<br />

accounts to the National Bank of<br />

Belgium and the project has been<br />

extended to the annual accounts<br />

of the not-for profit sector. The<br />

CBSO (Central Balance Sheet<br />

Office - CBSO) receives currently<br />

more than 90% of all the annual<br />

accounts filed in XBRL format.<br />

Canada<br />

The Canadian Securities Administrators<br />

Voluntary XBRL filing<br />

program is now in effect, XBRL<br />

Canada is working on a taxonomy<br />

that conforms to IFRS.<br />

Chile<br />

Starting 2009 those companies<br />

which are the most actively traded<br />

on the Securities Market will be<br />

required to file their annual financial<br />

statement according to the<br />

international standards. The SVS<br />

XBRL Team has extended the IFRS<br />

taxonomy according its requirements<br />

and the companies would<br />

be filing their returns based on<br />

this taxonomy. The SVS XBRL project<br />

is one of the first XBRL projects<br />

in South America.<br />

| 93


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

China<br />

The China Securities Regulatory<br />

Commission has been looking<br />

forward towards adoption of XBRL<br />

for information disclosure of listed<br />

companies since 2002 and has<br />

been joined by the Shanghai Stock<br />

Exchange for the implementation<br />

of XBRL as a reporting standard.<br />

As of April 30, 2009, all the 864<br />

companies listed on the Shanghai<br />

Stock Exchange (SSE) have submitted<br />

their XBRL instances simultaneously<br />

during the disclosure of<br />

the periodical reports of 2008 for<br />

the first time, and included the<br />

aforesaid XBRL instances as part of<br />

the mandatory disclosure.<br />

Denmark<br />

The Danish Commerce and Companies<br />

Agency (DCCD) has been<br />

receiving annual accounts from<br />

companies in XBRL since 2005. A<br />

complete XBRL solution for the<br />

Danish class B annual reports has<br />

been running since the beginning<br />

of 2008. The XBRL Taxonomy in<br />

Denmark has been developed by<br />

the DCCA in co-operation with<br />

both industry and experts.<br />

Germany<br />

Around 425,000 corporations are<br />

filing their annual statements with<br />

the German Bundesanzeiger in<br />

XBRL format since 2007 using the<br />

latest German GAAP taxonomy i.e.<br />

94 |<br />

ature references and more thereby<br />

dramatically increasing the probability<br />

that the user of the financial<br />

data will be able to understand<br />

management’s intent and enhance<br />

comparability.<br />

Building <strong>Trust</strong> with Enhanced Interactive<br />

Disclosure<br />

One thing investors and regulatory<br />

agencies should be able to count<br />

on is that audited financial statements<br />

reported to public repositories<br />

at least add up, but a recent study<br />

undertaken by IRIS Business Services<br />

shows that this is not necessary the<br />

case. In this study by using XBRL it<br />

was discovered that 209 listed Indian<br />

companies had discrepancies in their<br />

reports and that the numbers did not<br />

add up.<br />

This was discovered by converting<br />

over 1,400 listed Indian companies’<br />

primary financial statement<br />

into XBRL using the benefits of the<br />

calculation linkbase as part of the<br />

XBRL International specification that<br />

explains from what calculation the<br />

number derives. It does not really<br />

matter that most of discrepancies<br />

were not material. The very fact that<br />

there are discrepancies is a serious<br />

enough matter.<br />

The errors were discovered in the<br />

course of creating India’s first-ever<br />

corporate fundamentals database in<br />

XBRL. The project used the taxonomy


approved recently by the <strong>Institute</strong><br />

of Chartered Accountants as a first<br />

step toward full-fledged adoption<br />

of XBRL in India. It might be unfair<br />

to simply blame the auditors, as<br />

it is the responsibility of company<br />

managements to get it right, but the<br />

fact that this information has gone<br />

undiscovered for years should raise<br />

the questions, how accurate is the<br />

information reported by companies<br />

to the marketplace.<br />

This “<strong>Trust</strong> <strong>Meltdown</strong> Report” comes<br />

at the time when the Indian capital<br />

marketplace is already being questioned<br />

about its regulatory oversight.<br />

Just recently a leading Indian outsourcing<br />

company Satyam Computer<br />

Services publicly announced that it<br />

had significantly inflated its earnings<br />

and assets for years, consequently<br />

throwing the whole local capital market<br />

into turmoil. Many observers are<br />

now asking whether similar problems<br />

might lie buried elsewhere.<br />

The challenges associated with accurate,<br />

timely financial reporting are<br />

apparent from the number of other<br />

accounting scandals uncovered during<br />

the past few years. These scandals<br />

have been widely reported and the<br />

estimated cost has grown into the<br />

billions of dollars (Economist, 2003).<br />

Restatements of financial results by<br />

public companies soared in 2005 as<br />

auditors were forced to drill deeper<br />

into corporate accounts, in part be-<br />

HGB Taxonomy. The third version<br />

of C&I taxonomy is updated and<br />

GAAP Taxonomy for financial institutions<br />

was finalized and included<br />

into the package.<br />

India<br />

The Securities Exchange Board of<br />

India (SEBI) has mandated the top<br />

100 companies listed on the two<br />

major exchanges viz. the Bombay<br />

Stock Exchange and the National<br />

Stock Exchange, to file their disclosures<br />

through XBRL-based Corpfiling.<br />

In addition to the mandated<br />

100 companies, over 500 companies<br />

are filing voluntarily their<br />

financial in XBRL.<br />

The Reserve Bank of India, India’s<br />

central bank, has launched XBRL<br />

based reporting solution for<br />

capital adequacy returns. All the<br />

scheduled commercial banks which<br />

fall under the purview of Basel<br />

II use this platform. Returns for<br />

fortnightly liquidity position and<br />

the annual financial statements<br />

are in pipeline<br />

The <strong>Institute</strong> of Chartered Accounts<br />

of India has developed<br />

taxonomy for India based on<br />

Indian GAAP. The taxonomy for<br />

Commercial and Industrial sector is<br />

completed and ready for acknowledgement<br />

from XII. The taxonomies<br />

for Banking and Non-Banking<br />

companies are under development<br />

| 95


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

Ireland<br />

The Central Statistics Office (CSO)<br />

Ireland has started a pilot to assess<br />

use of XBRL in one of its quarterly<br />

industry surveys. The pilot involved<br />

the creation of XBRL documents of<br />

one of the CSO forms - the Quarterly<br />

Accounts Inquiry to Industry.<br />

The survey covers enterprises with<br />

20 or more persons engaged in the<br />

Mining, Manufacturing and Energy<br />

sectors and reports on changes<br />

in stocks, acquisitions and sales<br />

of capital assets during a quarter.<br />

Seven respondent companies participated<br />

in the pilot and successfully<br />

submitted data electronically<br />

using the XBRL solution.<br />

Japan<br />

Japan also is one the early adopters<br />

of XBRL and had started<br />

voluntary XBRL reporting program<br />

for financial services institutions<br />

gradually expending the range<br />

of reports since 2005. The Financial<br />

Services Agency (FSA) has<br />

implemented a new system which<br />

requires around 5,000 listed companies<br />

and 3,000 mutual funds to<br />

submit their financial information<br />

in the XBRL format.<br />

Korea<br />

As of 2007, all publicly held companies<br />

file financial statements<br />

using XBRL on the electronic filing<br />

system of the Korea Financial su-<br />

96 |<br />

cause of a sharper focus on requirements<br />

laid out by the US Sarbanes-<br />

Oxley Act (Reilly, 2006).<br />

This brings the attention to that a<br />

non-technological solution can go<br />

only so far. This is why the underlying<br />

design of the XBRL technology specification<br />

might be the magic wand to<br />

bring accurate and timely results because<br />

it integrates technologies with<br />

the basic accounting framework.<br />

Using underlying linkbases, XBRL allows<br />

every item defined in a financial<br />

statement to carry multiple attributes,<br />

including the interrelationship<br />

with other elements. This simple, yet<br />

powerful concept of linkbases allows<br />

every accounting element to be<br />

validated before being submitted to<br />

a regulator. Clearly the way financial<br />

and business reporting data is prepared,<br />

communicated and analyzed<br />

today is fundamentally changing.<br />

XBRL is not about the technology. It<br />

is about communicating your financial<br />

and business reporting information,<br />

accurately, effectively and<br />

in real time, to the electronic marketplace.<br />

Give the capital markets<br />

better financial information that<br />

is easier to consume, is more reliable,<br />

and is delivered faster, and the<br />

capital market will respond favorably<br />

with more exposure and lower costs<br />

of capital.


Social Analytics – The Benefits of<br />

Standardization of related context,<br />

presentation, formulas,<br />

and relationships<br />

Standardizing business information,<br />

its context and presentation concepts<br />

are foundational to automating<br />

the exchange of relevant disclosures<br />

between companies and their<br />

stakeholder constituents. As outlined<br />

above, XBRL also enables the<br />

standardization of related formulas<br />

which can be combined into complex<br />

calculations and even analytical<br />

models. The standardization of the<br />

critical information concepts (context,<br />

presentation, formulas, and relationships)<br />

enables third party users<br />

to more effectively access, analyze,<br />

manipulate, share and collaborate.<br />

Current analysis processes are adversely<br />

impacted by physical location<br />

of the information within spreadsheets.<br />

A formula that represents a<br />

simple analytical concept, say ‘Return<br />

on Assets’, would be articulated<br />

based upon the physical location of<br />

the relevant data (e.g. (B2/F2) where<br />

B2 is the cell location of Net Income<br />

and F2 is the cell location for Total<br />

Assets).This physical orientation of<br />

information hinders development,<br />

sharing, reuse and management of<br />

formulas (macros) across spreadsheets,<br />

applications and analysts.<br />

The current physical orientation of<br />

information within spreadsheets<br />

also limits the analyst’s ability to cost<br />

pervisory Commission. The system<br />

allows viewers to see and analyze<br />

a company’s financial statements<br />

in English.<br />

Macedonia<br />

Mr. Fatmir Besimi, head of the<br />

Ministry of Economy in Macedonia<br />

has initiated a study headed<br />

up by a local firm RE-AKTIV DOO<br />

for a nationwide implementation<br />

of the XBRL standard and is<br />

expected to go live in 2010 with<br />

a goal to reduce compliance cost<br />

of companies as well as attract<br />

foreign investment.<br />

Netherlands<br />

Since 2005, one of the largest<br />

XBRL projects was started by<br />

Netherland government with the<br />

aim of decreasing the regulatory<br />

reporting burden on the entities<br />

by 25%. The taxonomy project<br />

covers three major reporting areas<br />

– taxation, annual accounts and<br />

economic statistics. Since Jan 2007,<br />

all the Dutch corporations were<br />

able to submit their data in XBRL<br />

format.<br />

Singapore<br />

The Accounting and Corporate<br />

Regulatory Authority of Singapore<br />

is mandating the filing of<br />

statutory reports in XBRL. Since<br />

November 2007, Singapore-incorporated<br />

companies are required to<br />

| 97


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

file their Annual Returns including<br />

financial information XBRL format.<br />

Baring certain types of exempted<br />

companies, all listed and non-listed<br />

companies will be filing in XBRL.<br />

South Africa<br />

The Johannesburg Stock Exchange<br />

developed as a pilot, an XBRL<br />

based filing platform. JSE commissioned<br />

Deloitte SA & IRIS Business<br />

Services (IRIS) for building the<br />

platform. Seven companies, and<br />

the JSE, along with XBRL SA came<br />

together to sponsor this project.<br />

This pilot is also the earliest adaptation<br />

of IFRS 2008 taxonomy.<br />

Spain<br />

The Spanish Stock Exchange has<br />

begun to use XBRL for receiving<br />

and distributing public financial<br />

reports from more than 3,000<br />

listed companies. The Bank of<br />

Spain, central bank, is receiving<br />

regulatory data in XBRL from more<br />

than 400 banks covering more<br />

than 90 % of the Spanish financial<br />

sector. The Bank of Spain has also<br />

developed a Financial Information<br />

Exchange System to support XBRL<br />

reporting by credit institutions.<br />

United Kingdom<br />

Companies House has already<br />

received more than 200,000 accounts<br />

from small companies in<br />

XBRL using an extension to the UK<br />

98 |<br />

effectively share and/or collaborate<br />

with other analysts.<br />

XBRL enables analysts to build<br />

formulas (macros), based upon the<br />

standardized vocabularies. The XBRL<br />

enabled ‘Return on Assets’ formula<br />

will look more like a logical sentence<br />

(eg ‘netincome/totalassets’). In an<br />

XBRL enabled spreadsheet, the software<br />

provides a view of the company<br />

information and executes the analytical<br />

formula based upon the logically<br />

defined information of ‘netincome’<br />

and ‘totalassets’. As a result, analysts<br />

have an enhanced analytical processing<br />

environment in which they can<br />

construct formulas based upon public<br />

taxonomies from both the public-sector<br />

companies and even those unique<br />

taxonomy extensions developed by<br />

the individual analyst.<br />

As with the barcode, standardized<br />

information structures enable greater<br />

levels of automation within business<br />

processes. Some analysts are already<br />

using XBRL to reduce costs and improve<br />

effectiveness of their internal<br />

analytical processes, either through<br />

intermediary offerings or internally<br />

developed applications and products.<br />

Other analysts are applying semantically<br />

based artificial intelligence<br />

agents to make subjective assessments<br />

on narrative disclosures that<br />

are structured in the XBRL format.


Just as html enabled the social networking<br />

collaboration via sites like<br />

Facebook, Wikipedia, and MySpace;<br />

XBRL is enabling social analytics via<br />

EDGAR-Online‘s I-Metrics platform,<br />

Morgan Stanley‘s Modelware, IRIS<br />

Business Service iFile compliance<br />

platform, and PricewaterhouseCoopers<br />

Interactive Data Platform. These<br />

XBRL enabled analytical platforms<br />

provide analysts with a library of<br />

highly reusable analytical models and<br />

formulas and a collaborative method<br />

of sharing new ideas and insights<br />

with other analysts within their organizations<br />

and/or groups.<br />

The enhancement of capital market<br />

transparency is not only relevant<br />

for company disclosures; it is also<br />

relevant for the formulas and models<br />

used to analyze the company disclosures.<br />

Social analytics is a new<br />

level of market transparency that<br />

promotes better communication between<br />

companies and their investors<br />

and collaboration between investors.<br />

These new capabilities work to<br />

enhance the analytical capabilities<br />

of both companies and their stakeholders<br />

and thereby foster trust in<br />

company disclosures.<br />

The bottom line is, if a company is<br />

not on radar screen of the investors,<br />

chances are that the prices would<br />

fall and cost of capital rise. If a stock<br />

exchange’s data system is not easy<br />

accessible to investors, they may drop<br />

GAAP taxonomy. United Kingdom<br />

HRMC Draft Regulations to require<br />

online XBRL Corporation Tax filings<br />

have now been issued and<br />

are open for comment until 31 July<br />

2009. Companies will be required<br />

to file online the Corporation Tax<br />

returns and payments from 2011<br />

in XBRL format. The rules apply to<br />

period ending on April 1, 2010 and<br />

later.<br />

United States<br />

The Securities Exchange Commission<br />

has played a vital role in<br />

accelerating adoption of XBRL in<br />

the US. Voluntary filing program<br />

for XBRLised returns has been<br />

initiated by the exchange in early<br />

years and is moving towards mandatory<br />

filing in a phased manner.<br />

In December 2008, SEC has made<br />

it mandatory for companies above<br />

USD $ 5 Billion as global float, to<br />

file their returns from June 2009<br />

quarter onwards in XBRL format<br />

and around 500 companies are<br />

expected to file XBRLised returns<br />

and over the next couple of years<br />

all companies will be phased in for<br />

a 100 percent compliance. The SEC<br />

is also mandating that all mutual<br />

funds start reporting in XBRL in<br />

2010.<br />

The Federal Financial Institutions<br />

Examination Council in US has<br />

achieved major success with the<br />

use XBRL for regulatory bank<br />

| 99


Business Reporting 2.0: XBRL<br />

reporting. The FFIEC implemented<br />

XBRL-based solution in 2005 for<br />

the filing of call reports which<br />

was used by more than 8000<br />

financial institutions. The results<br />

were phenomenal and showed an<br />

increase from 66% to 95% in data<br />

cleanliness, from 70% to 100% in<br />

accuracy, from weeks to hours in<br />

timeliness, and a 15% rise in the<br />

productivity of analysts.<br />

State Nevada State entered into a<br />

pilot with IRIS Business Services to<br />

use XBRL for debt collection. The<br />

agencies would be using spreadsheets<br />

to send their data to the<br />

state and XBRL would be running<br />

beneath. IRIS together with Nevada<br />

State Controller Kim Wallin<br />

have published a white paper on<br />

State Business Portal which talks<br />

about the need to streamline the<br />

transactions and inter-agency interactions<br />

and the role of XBRL in<br />

building such integrated information<br />

exchange platforms.<br />

100 |<br />

off the radar screens of the investors.<br />

Today’s focus on improving business<br />

reporting and bolstering confidence<br />

in financial capital markets demands<br />

technology that enables rapid and<br />

accurate reporting and analysis of<br />

corporate financial information.<br />

Any capital markets that want to<br />

fulfill its mission of protect investors,<br />

maintain fair, orderly, and efficient<br />

markets, and facilitate capital formation<br />

should adopt XBRL as part of<br />

their filing requirements to boost<br />

investor’s confidence.<br />

The list of benefits could go on. For<br />

now, suffice it to say that executives<br />

have an economic fiduciary responsibility<br />

to learn more about XBRL<br />

and how this powerful information<br />

standard can be used to improve efficiency<br />

of data sharing of financial<br />

and business reporting information.<br />

References<br />

Economist . ( 2003 ) Still counting the cost.<br />

October 2003 .<br />

Reilly , D . ( 2006 ) Sarbanes – Oxley<br />

changes take root. Wall Street Journal, 3<br />

March 2006.


3. Best Practice<br />

3.1. We Need to Watch Risk, Not Size<br />

By Emilio Botin<br />

On September 15 th , contrary to all<br />

expectations, Lehman Brothers, one<br />

of the oldest firms in the sector, collapsed.<br />

The shock wave continued to reverberate<br />

for months and toppled many<br />

other firms throughout the world.<br />

At that time I said that the crisis had<br />

not originated solely in the US or<br />

subprime mortgages; these were factors<br />

that triggered the crisis but did<br />

not cause it.<br />

I pointed out that excesses and a<br />

loss of bearings in an extraordinarily<br />

favourable environment had played a<br />

significant role, leading the banking<br />

industry to forget the basics, which<br />

are:<br />

• The need to know customers very<br />

well.<br />

• Prudence to guard against inappropriate<br />

levels of debt, out of proportion<br />

with the risk in funding them.<br />

• The appropriate valuation of all<br />

risks taken on.<br />

• And the existence of economic and<br />

financial cycles.<br />

Fourteen months after the fall of<br />

Lehman Brothers we can state that<br />

the forceful, swift and coordinated<br />

response of the authorities prevented<br />

the system as a whole from collapsing<br />

and provided a safety net.<br />

The leadership of Governments and<br />

Central Banks throughout the world<br />

has fostered a return of confidence.<br />

Businesses and families are receiving<br />

clear signs of firm commitment from<br />

governments and institutions to seek<br />

the most appropriate solutions and<br />

prevent the recurrence of episodes<br />

such as those experienced in this<br />

crisis.<br />

The effort at the international level<br />

allows today, for the first time since<br />

the crisis set in, room for a certain<br />

degree of optimism.<br />

Central banks and governments:<br />

• have lowered interest rates,<br />

• have injected liquidity in extraordinary<br />

amounts and conditions,<br />

• have promoted ambitious fiscal<br />

plans,<br />

• have helped to re-establish the solvency<br />

of financial institutions, and<br />

• have facilitated corporate transactions<br />

for institutions that were not<br />

viable.<br />

As a result of these measures:<br />

• The major economies are showing<br />

signs of recovery. In particular,<br />

certain emerging countries are<br />

| 101


Best Practice<br />

performing very well and will play<br />

a very significant role in the future.<br />

• Equities markets have returned to<br />

the levels registered prior to the<br />

collapse of Lehman Brothers and<br />

credit spreads have reduced significantly.<br />

• And the financial system as a whole<br />

is operating smoothly although<br />

there is still some way to go.<br />

Now that we have come through the<br />

most critical stages of the crisis, it is<br />

time to look further and think about<br />

the challenges to be tackled.<br />

We have before us a golden opportunity<br />

to lay the foundations of the<br />

future financial system.<br />

The international authorities, led by<br />

the G-20, are playing a decisive role<br />

in designing a supervisory and regulatory<br />

framework that will guarantee<br />

a financial system characterised both<br />

nationally and internationally by:<br />

• its capacity to foster and stimulate<br />

economic growth<br />

• its strength,<br />

• its efficiency<br />

• its transparency<br />

• the absence of distortions in competition<br />

• and as a source of stability and<br />

competitiveness for the economy.<br />

These are the factors that I feel are<br />

fundamental to achieving these<br />

objectives:<br />

102 |<br />

• the need to strike a balance between<br />

supervision and regulation,<br />

• the correct definition of capital and<br />

liquidity requirements,<br />

• the treatment of systemic risk.<br />

Balance between supervision and<br />

regulation<br />

We should not ignore the fact that<br />

the banking systems that have best<br />

withstood the crisis are precisely<br />

those where there is closer banking<br />

supervision and greater foresight.<br />

Therefore, to avoid future crises, the<br />

solutions regime must focus on both<br />

supervisory and regulatory issues.<br />

As pointed out by the De Larosière<br />

Report, incorporated by the European<br />

Commission in its proposals, two<br />

aspects must be reinforced:<br />

• local or national supervision<br />

• and the spread of best international<br />

practices.<br />

Monitoring banks through daily<br />

supervision and in-depth knowledge<br />

is key to ensuring the correct application<br />

of regulation.<br />

National supervision must be:<br />

• Rigorous and strict<br />

• Intrusive and close<br />

• With inspectors physically present<br />

in major head offices<br />

• Local in terms of knowledge of financial<br />

practices and the economic<br />

realities of the country, and


• With the foresight to redress situations<br />

that could lead to serious<br />

risks.<br />

Furthermore, good national supervision<br />

must be aligned with the best<br />

international practices.<br />

In the case of the European Union,<br />

if we want supervision to be effective<br />

and binding for the different<br />

national supervisors, supervisory decisions<br />

must be consistent among the<br />

various supervisors.<br />

I consider as appropriate the European<br />

Commission’s proposal to create:<br />

• on the one hand, a European Systemic<br />

Risk Board to detect risks in<br />

the financial system and anticipate<br />

them whilst at the same time issuing<br />

recommendations and warnings,<br />

• and on the other hand, a European<br />

System of Financial Supervisors<br />

made up of Colleges of Supervisors<br />

and three European Supervisory<br />

Authorities, representing<br />

o Banks,<br />

o Insurers,<br />

o and Securities Brokers.<br />

This European System of Financial<br />

Supervisors should take on a series of<br />

new responsibilities, of which I would<br />

like to highlight four:<br />

1. Developing technical proposals, in<br />

accordance with the principles of<br />

better regulation.<br />

2. Resolving discrepancies among<br />

national supervisors.<br />

3. Helping to guarantee the consistent<br />

application of the rules.<br />

4. And coordinating emergencies.<br />

The advances taking place in Europe<br />

must, in turn, be coordinated with<br />

those of other countries. Both the US<br />

and UK are taking important steps.<br />

The role being performed by the<br />

Financial Stability Board is central to<br />

this task.<br />

Only by striking the right balance<br />

between appropriate regulation and<br />

strict, harmonised supervision at a<br />

national and international level will<br />

we be able to design the foundations<br />

of the new international financial<br />

system.<br />

Capital and Liquidity<br />

Therefore, as part of this reflection<br />

process we must pay particularly<br />

close attention to the regulation of<br />

capital.<br />

One of the most important lessons to<br />

be learned from this crisis is that we<br />

must not underestimate risk. But we<br />

should similarly not tip the scales too<br />

far the other way and indiscriminately<br />

establish greater capital requirements<br />

that will undoubtedly affect<br />

the cost of lending and access to<br />

credit.<br />

| 103


Best Practice<br />

I do agree with the idea that “more<br />

risk means more capital” and that<br />

greater capital requirements should<br />

be made, for example, in trading<br />

activities or re-securitisations.<br />

I also feel it is important that we<br />

continue to move towards aligning<br />

definitions and capital ratios. In this<br />

respect, the work being carried out<br />

by the Basle Committee in response<br />

to the decisions adopted by the G-20<br />

is very positive.<br />

Another lesson to be learned from<br />

this crisis is the importance of liquidity,<br />

which has been the cause of<br />

major difficulties for many financial<br />

institutions.<br />

For years we lived in a world of<br />

excess liquidity and in all probability<br />

did not pay it the attention it warranted.<br />

But today, liquidity is once again a<br />

priority.<br />

And once again, the problem is not<br />

necessarily resolved through greater<br />

regulation. Here, the role of the<br />

supervisor is also key.<br />

The reason is clear: liquidity levels<br />

must respond to the structure of the<br />

balance sheet and the business model<br />

of each bank. Who knows these aspects<br />

of the bank better than its own<br />

supervisor?<br />

104 |<br />

In my opinion, it is important that<br />

the definition of liquidity should not<br />

be governed by purely quantitative<br />

criteria.<br />

It should also encompass a sufficiently<br />

broad base of assets. If banks concentrate<br />

their liquidity positions in a<br />

limited number of assets, we would<br />

trigger the opposite effect: that is,<br />

we would neutralise their character<br />

as liquid assets and create distortions<br />

in the market.<br />

In short, the financial system of the<br />

future must be grounded in effective<br />

supervision and appropriate regulation<br />

that does not cause an indiscriminate<br />

tightening of requirements that<br />

would be counterproductive.<br />

The authorities must take into account<br />

the added impact of implementing<br />

all the measures on the<br />

table which could, in the opinion of<br />

some international experts, be very<br />

negative.<br />

The third aspect we have to tackle is<br />

systemic risk and the size of banks<br />

Systemic risk has played a significant<br />

role in the crisis and logically a significant<br />

portion of current institutional<br />

efforts is focused on establishing<br />

riteria to limit this risk in the future.<br />

However, at the initial stages the<br />

debate was oversimplified by the<br />

focus on size as the decisive element


of systemic risk. But Size is not the<br />

problem.<br />

Studies and recent experience indicate<br />

that, when analyzing systemic<br />

risk, special attention should be<br />

placed on:<br />

• The interconnection of institutions<br />

• The complexity of financial products<br />

and groups<br />

• Deficient risk management<br />

• Excessive leverage<br />

• The concentration of short-term<br />

maturities<br />

• Failings in corporate governance,<br />

and finally,<br />

• Inappropriate business models.<br />

Moreover, the joint Guidance that<br />

the Financial Stability Board, the<br />

International Monetary Fund and the<br />

Bank of International Settlements<br />

have recently published to assess<br />

the Systemic Importance of Financial<br />

Institutions, stresses that, while<br />

quantitative approaches can provide<br />

useful inputs to the assessment, they<br />

cannot substitute for the authorities’<br />

intimate knowledge of the institutions<br />

under their scope.<br />

In any case, limiting or penalising<br />

the size of banks through greater<br />

regulatory capital requirements will<br />

not solve the problem. It could even<br />

have adverse consequences, such as<br />

creating an unlevel playing field and<br />

harming financial flows towards the<br />

real economy.<br />

Furthermore, large international<br />

banks are necessary:<br />

• They increase access to and the<br />

appropriate distribution of funds in<br />

the economy. They lower the cost<br />

of financial transactions and offer a<br />

wider range of services to consumers.<br />

• They play a fundamental role in offering<br />

financial services to multinational<br />

companies.<br />

• Size allows for diversification in<br />

terms of markets, and therefore,<br />

reduces the global risk of the bank.<br />

• The international expansion of major<br />

banks in emerging countries has<br />

contributed to the development of<br />

their financial systems.<br />

• Size could indeed be key during a<br />

crisis: only the large well-managed<br />

banks have been able to bail out<br />

struggling banks, helping to reduce<br />

systemic risk in the current crisis.<br />

What we must monitor, and restrict if<br />

necessary, is excess risk; not size for<br />

the sake of size.<br />

There are banks such as Banco<br />

Santander, which is large but which<br />

has a simple structure and business<br />

model. Therefore, size should not be<br />

confused with complexity or risk.<br />

In this respect, the international<br />

business expansion model applied<br />

is particularly important. At Banco<br />

Santander, we believe there are clear<br />

advantages to a model of affiliates<br />

| 105


Best Practice<br />

that are independent in terms of<br />

capital and liquidity.<br />

This structure allows for:<br />

• The conduct of business through<br />

a fully domestic bank subject to<br />

national regulation and monitored<br />

by the local supervisor,<br />

• The confidence and advantages of<br />

a local bank for customers, and<br />

• A system of firewalls between the<br />

group’s units that neutralises contagion<br />

among them and halts the<br />

expansion of systemic risk.<br />

The affiliates’ structure is compatible<br />

with the European vision of an<br />

integrated financial market.<br />

In Banco Santander, we have an<br />

increasingly integrated “back office”<br />

that creates synergies in areas such as<br />

technology and operations, with unified<br />

structures in basic areas such as<br />

Risk, Audit and Sales Management.<br />

This allows us to continuously improve<br />

efficiency, productivity and<br />

commercial competitiveness, hand in<br />

hand with our affiliates’ structure.<br />

Recently, the debate about being<br />

“Too Big To Fail” has been focusing<br />

precisely on the creation of a system<br />

that would allow a large bank to fall<br />

without provoking systemic risk. And<br />

to achieve this objective, the corporate<br />

structure of the bank is also<br />

crucial.<br />

106 |<br />

It is also necessary to look in greater<br />

depth at two very important factors:<br />

• The drawing up of plans for the<br />

orderly dismantling of banks, so<br />

called “living wills” and<br />

• The definition of legal frameworks<br />

to intervene in banks in the event<br />

of a crisis (resolution regimes).<br />

The development of these two instruments<br />

eliminates the moral hazard of<br />

banks that are too important to fail.<br />

As well as permitting the ‘ordered<br />

dismantling of banks’, ‘living wills’<br />

also:<br />

• Require the bank to carry out an<br />

in-depth examination of its reality<br />

and its structure.<br />

• And will provide the supervisor<br />

with detailed information, which<br />

must remain confidential.<br />

These plans must accompanied by an<br />

appropriately designed legal framework<br />

to intervene in banks in the<br />

event of a crisis. It must be appropriate<br />

at a domestic level and also be in<br />

line with international protocols for<br />

cross-border banks.<br />

I will highlight two characteristics<br />

that I feel are essential for these<br />

plans to achieve their objectives:<br />

• they must respect the legal independence<br />

of firms and preclude the<br />

transfer of assets between units as<br />

a compensatory mechanism.<br />

It is precisely this structure –


through units that are autonomous<br />

in terms of capital and liquidity<br />

– that limits systemic risk.<br />

It would make absolutely no sense<br />

to break down the firewall and<br />

trigger the domino effect we are<br />

seeking to avoid.<br />

• And in the case of transnational<br />

banks, the resolution regime must<br />

clearly and expressly establish the<br />

distribution of burdens between<br />

countries.<br />

In accordance with this premise, a<br />

correct diagnosis of systemic risk capable<br />

of reducing it without entailing<br />

undesired costs is central when it<br />

comes to designing the financial<br />

system of the future.<br />

However, this endeavour should not<br />

fall solely to the authorities leading<br />

the change towards the New International<br />

Financial System.<br />

Financial institutions must also think<br />

about what our role and contribution<br />

should be. At Banco Santander we<br />

are doing just that.<br />

We have been monitoring this crisis<br />

day by day.<br />

We have analysed the most significant<br />

events as well as details that are<br />

apparently less important. All with a<br />

fundamental aim:<br />

detecting any weakness in our<br />

business model that could make it<br />

vulnerable in this or other crises.<br />

And the conclusion we have reached<br />

is that some of our defining features<br />

have proved to be decisive factors in<br />

tackling the difficult period we are<br />

currently experiencing.<br />

In other words, our retail banking<br />

business model has been reinforced<br />

and has proven to be much more<br />

resilient than others.<br />

I would like to highlight some of the<br />

defining features of our model:<br />

• A clear and transparent balance<br />

sheet, with no toxic assets.<br />

• A focus on retail banking that provides<br />

greater stability and highly<br />

recurrent profits.<br />

• Geographical diversification in<br />

around a dozen major markets that<br />

allows us in turn to diversify risks<br />

and balance the impact of the various<br />

economies’ relative positions in<br />

the cycle.<br />

• An international structure based on<br />

affiliates, subject to local supervision<br />

and with full independence<br />

in terms of capital and liquidity.<br />

And…<br />

• Strong corporate governance that<br />

pays particularly close attention to<br />

risks and takes a medium to long<br />

term view of matters, always with<br />

a view to creating sustainable value<br />

for shareholders.<br />

| 107


Best Practice<br />

108 |<br />

Conclusion<br />

• Efficient supervision is a key element<br />

to make the system secure<br />

and solid. We must move towards<br />

implementing and coordinating<br />

practices that have proven to be<br />

the most effective.<br />

• Limiting systemic risk must be a<br />

clear objective of the new international<br />

financial framework. And<br />

it should not necessarily be linked<br />

to the size of banks. Living wills<br />

and resolution regimes can make a<br />

very positive contribution towards<br />

reducing this risk.<br />

• We need a financial system that<br />

fulfils its role in the economy. An<br />

efficient and competitive banking<br />

industry is a fundamental tool,<br />

enabling economic agents to move<br />

towards sustained growth, with<br />

improved productivity and greater<br />

competitiveness.<br />

We are currently facing a challenge<br />

that we must tackle decisively and<br />

with an open mind. The financial<br />

community has made mistakes.<br />

The best way to avoid them in the<br />

future is to design a financial system<br />

of which we can be proud. And this<br />

responsibility falls to all involved:<br />

authorities, banks, regulators and<br />

supervisors.<br />

We need a robust financial system<br />

without cracks that instils confidence<br />

in society and facilitates economic<br />

recovery.


3.2. Sustainable Investment<br />

By Joachim Faber<br />

One might question how the issue<br />

of sustainability has to be discussed<br />

shortly after the world has almost<br />

collapsed 14 months ago and people<br />

are still struggling in their day to<br />

day needs and their very short term<br />

agenda.<br />

First of all, I think we clearly need to<br />

put this in the framework of what<br />

happened in the last 18 months and<br />

what has caused the crisis. I would<br />

probably argue that it was the lack of<br />

sustainable thinking and of sustainable<br />

business behaviour which has<br />

caused this financial crisis.<br />

The roots of the problem lay in the<br />

US housing market and a not sustainable<br />

monetary policy. If you look at<br />

the US housing market, you understand<br />

that, through a well-meant<br />

legislation of the Clinton administration,<br />

the community housing act<br />

built a foreseeable bubble. It was<br />

wonderful for someone who wanted<br />

to be re-elected after four years but<br />

it was not that great for a sustainable<br />

development of the industry. It<br />

was also not great for a sustainable<br />

development of affordable housing,<br />

because everybody who got their<br />

arms around a house, he/she thought<br />

was affordable, is now about to lose<br />

it.<br />

Also, one of the roots of this crisis<br />

was an unsustainable US monetary<br />

policy in the earlier years of this<br />

decade. The interest rate policy was<br />

driven mainly by political objectives<br />

to calm the nation after September<br />

11th and make sure that, after the ’98<br />

Russia and LTCM crisis, the economy<br />

continued to flourish. I believe that<br />

the European Central Bank has done<br />

a much, much better job in this<br />

regard.<br />

Furthermore, there has been patchy<br />

regulation and supervision that failed<br />

to identify risks in due time. A higher<br />

degree of international integrated<br />

supervision would have helped in<br />

detecting systemic risks. We also<br />

have seen product innovation which<br />

was far from having any connection<br />

to sustainable client value creation.<br />

Complex and in-transparent financial<br />

products (due to the rapid evolution<br />

of Information and financial markets<br />

technology) and short-term incentive<br />

systems were certainly the most<br />

prominent failures of capital market<br />

participants.<br />

I know that this is heavily debated<br />

but I am convinced that functioning<br />

financial and capital markets are essential<br />

for the recovery. Furthermore<br />

global markets are a pre-requisite<br />

| 109


Best Practice<br />

for further economic growth in the<br />

developed world a basis for the fight<br />

against poverty and the continuous<br />

development of the developing<br />

world. The rules of capitalism, especially<br />

the free flow of capital independent<br />

of national borders, have<br />

been blamed already ahead of the financial<br />

meltdown – not to talk about<br />

the last 18 months. But is it really the<br />

case that properly functioning capital<br />

markets drive short-term thinking?<br />

Do they fundamentally contradict the<br />

principle of sustainability – defined<br />

as creating a business for the long<br />

term?<br />

I think on the contrary that the world<br />

has changed fundamentally and a<br />

fresh perspective is needed. By that I<br />

mean:<br />

• The German reunification, causing<br />

Germany to have to import capital,<br />

after having been a net exporter of<br />

capital for many years.<br />

• The creation and integration of a<br />

European single market.<br />

• The internet, which gives customers<br />

unparalleled means by which<br />

they can inform themselves and<br />

compare companies’ offerings to a<br />

previously unknown degree.<br />

• There is a shared recognition that<br />

our demographic changes are<br />

demanding more funded pension<br />

systems with capital market exposure<br />

as their lifeblood<br />

.<br />

110 |<br />

In my eyes, these root causes had<br />

fundamentally changed not only<br />

the political and economic agenda,<br />

but also the way we should evaluate<br />

capital markets long before the<br />

financial meltdown. I would not<br />

hesitate to call these economic drivers<br />

an “agenda-setter” for the political<br />

dialogue on capital markets. My<br />

question is: have both, public perception<br />

and the media commentary on<br />

capital markets, adequately reflected<br />

this change? Or are we witnessing a<br />

discussion in which justified criticism<br />

towards specific negative effects of<br />

capital markets places a dark cloud<br />

over the entire financial system?<br />

At a macro-economic level, there is<br />

no doubt whatsoever that the global<br />

exchange of goods and<br />

capital is a prerequisite for our economic<br />

growth and thus for funding<br />

our social systems in Western Europe.<br />

The internal demand for goods and<br />

services alone would not generate<br />

sufficient and sustainable capital<br />

investments and new jobs. Likewise,<br />

the free flow of capital and a liberal<br />

regulatory environment are important<br />

for corporations. Nearly all large<br />

German companies depend on a<br />

global capital markets. In fact, more<br />

than two-thirds (66%) of the value<br />

that the DAX 30 companies generate<br />

for their shareholders is generated<br />

outside of Germany. As an example<br />

it is noteworthy that, at Allianz, the<br />

capital management of German life


insurance policies takes place way<br />

outside our national borders – in<br />

California, at a subsidiary of Allianz<br />

Global Investors, PIMCO. The same<br />

applies for companies exploring<br />

cost benefits, financing their capital<br />

needs, serving a global customer<br />

base, or having shareholders outside<br />

their home country; in other words,<br />

all companies.<br />

And this is not just driven by opportunities;<br />

there is also the growing<br />

threat of a takeover – friendly or<br />

unfriendly – that forces companies to<br />

find strategic partners, merge their<br />

operations, or dispose of entities that<br />

do not support their core business.<br />

One example of this in Germany is<br />

Linde. By merging with BOC, Linde<br />

has become the global market leader<br />

in its field, immunized itself against<br />

a possible takeover by private equity<br />

firms, and increased its attractiveness<br />

to investors (who are increasingly<br />

interested only in “top-three” businesses).<br />

Not every company today is<br />

ready to respond to this, however.<br />

In the German corporate landscape,<br />

there still are structural barriers, such<br />

as owners who have to look after<br />

political stakeholders. The encouraging<br />

news is that these obstacles<br />

are shrinking rather than growing.<br />

Unfortunately, speculators – such as<br />

proprietary traders, some private equity<br />

players, and some hedge funds<br />

– are interested only in quick gains,<br />

which can harm investors and inhibit<br />

sustainable developments and gains<br />

for the majority of other market<br />

participants. In addition, there are<br />

speculators in the markets that buy<br />

large companies simply to break<br />

them up and sell the parts, which<br />

results in laying-off thousands of<br />

people. While this is unpleasant, of<br />

course, sometimes business divestitures<br />

are necessary to provide better<br />

long-term results for the industry, the<br />

market, and the consumers.<br />

Nevertheless, though capital markets<br />

can be volatile, they are, in fact, key<br />

drivers – if not a prerequisite – for<br />

sustainability. Simply by selling the<br />

stock or by threatening to do so,<br />

investors – namely the fund industry<br />

– have the power to enforce necessary<br />

changes in a company. As a large<br />

investor, Allianz Global Investors<br />

does this regularly in face-to-face<br />

meetings with management. (By the<br />

way, we prefer communicating in<br />

face-to-face meetings rather than<br />

“making noise” at Annual Shareholder<br />

Meetings because the latter can<br />

be quite harmful to the very stock<br />

we are trying to support.) Long-term<br />

investors often function as important<br />

catalysts, triggering senior management<br />

to engage in essential initiatives<br />

and sustainable change. Change<br />

does not always come naturally.<br />

Sometimes change has to be forced<br />

on the management – and capital<br />

markets provide a very efficient, fair,<br />

| 111


Best Practice<br />

and transparent way of encouraging<br />

change. Similarly, private equity investors<br />

and hedge funds (the famous<br />

“Locusts”) are often instrumental in<br />

providing liquidity to the market and<br />

helping struggling companies. Many<br />

of the IPOs around the world would<br />

not be possible – or would only happen<br />

at undervalued prices – if hedge<br />

funds did not buy large amounts of<br />

IPO shares at public offerings. The<br />

depth of today’s derivative markets<br />

would not exist without hedge<br />

funds. Thus, responsible hedge fund<br />

managers can, by all means, help create<br />

sustainable values in the market<br />

place. The majority of private equity<br />

firms create value for the economy,<br />

employees, and society when they<br />

buy almost-bankrupt companies and<br />

restructure them.<br />

Furthermore, private equity funds are<br />

often instrumental in helping with<br />

leadership succession in privatelyheld<br />

companies; for example, German<br />

“Mittelstand” companies that<br />

are family owned, but whose heirs<br />

choose not to inherit the business. I<br />

firmly believe that, capital markets<br />

are the only sustainable solution for<br />

the most urgent societal problems<br />

that we face today.<br />

Primary among these is the need<br />

to create a solution for our old age<br />

pension problem. As we all know, the<br />

state pension system and the corporate<br />

pension systems are unable to<br />

112 |<br />

cope with the demographic development<br />

in Germany. Think about the<br />

fact, that two-thirds of all people<br />

who ever reached 65 years of age<br />

are alive today. And, given all of the<br />

medical improvements we are lucky<br />

enough to enjoy, the trend towards<br />

an aging society is by no means over<br />

yet.<br />

Consequently, it is up to the individual<br />

to take care of his or her<br />

needs. Some see this as a threat; others<br />

welcome this new dimension of<br />

personal freedom that was withheld<br />

from most people for so long. But<br />

how can we make people responsible<br />

for their old age pension when we<br />

do not, at the same time, make the<br />

capital markets’ mechanics and opportunities<br />

available to them? There<br />

are an estimated 1000-billion Euros<br />

of pension assets in Germany. An<br />

outperformance of a mere 10 basis<br />

points would mean 1-billion Euros.<br />

Just think how many thousands of<br />

pensions we could finance with that<br />

kind of money. Of course, opportunities<br />

are paired with risks and, all too<br />

often, fear. But risks only end in fear<br />

when people have no means of finding<br />

the right balance between opportunities<br />

and risks. And this leads me<br />

to my next request: we need better<br />

education on economics.<br />

Increasing Germans’ understanding<br />

of capital markets is the only way to<br />

alleviate fear of capital markets and


is a good way to avoid a good portion<br />

of speculative traps and bubbles.<br />

People say, Germans are great at<br />

saving money (in savings accounts)<br />

and at speculating with high-risk<br />

capital market instruments, but they<br />

are lousy at long-term investing. The<br />

fact is, Germans do not save enough<br />

money for their retirement and the<br />

money they do save does not provide<br />

the necessary returns (simply to<br />

counter-balance inflation). Thus, we<br />

are heading towards some serious<br />

problems.<br />

With an average inflation of two percent<br />

over the past ten years and an<br />

average return on cash and bank deposits<br />

of between 0.5 percent and 2.2<br />

percent, the 36 percent of personal<br />

financial assets which are invested in<br />

this financial instrument here in Germany<br />

cannot feasibly contribute to<br />

retirement provisions. In comparison,<br />

in the US, only 16 percent of personal<br />

financial assets are invested in such<br />

low-yield financial instruments.<br />

The asset classes that actually yield<br />

the returns needed in Germany, such<br />

as bonds, stocks, and mutual funds<br />

– and in which Americans invest 51<br />

percent of their Personal Financial<br />

Assets – Germans do not trust. Only<br />

33 percent of Germany’s PFAs are invested<br />

in such instruments. The main<br />

reasons often quoted in the press<br />

are “a need for security,” “caution,”<br />

and “risk adversity.” Well, in my<br />

experience, it is perhaps a combination<br />

of the three, but above all, the<br />

main cause is a fundamental lack of<br />

education. Most Germans simply do<br />

not understand risks, returns, and<br />

financial markets and therefore do<br />

not invest in financial products. Thus<br />

far, Germans have not had to worry<br />

about their retirement, as there<br />

were always government pensions.<br />

With the loss of this security blanket,<br />

however, Germans are suddenly<br />

confronted with the reality of having<br />

to take care of their own retirement<br />

and they do not know what to do.<br />

On top of this is another trend:<br />

Germans tend to invest in the wrong<br />

asset classes. Over time, we have seen<br />

that Germans somehow manage to<br />

invest into those asset classes that<br />

are about to go down. This can be<br />

observed in both stocks and bonds.<br />

Research shows that it does not<br />

matter whether one invests at the<br />

market high or low since, over the<br />

long run, returns are stable. But, if<br />

investors move their money around<br />

and continually invest in asset classes<br />

at their peak, wait for the drop and<br />

then take their money out, well, this<br />

is a certain way to loose money.<br />

Furthermore, if you think about<br />

demographic changes and about<br />

climate change, none of these issues<br />

can be mastered without functioning<br />

capital markets. Demographic<br />

changes and the results on ageing<br />

| 113


Best Practice<br />

societies and the funding of the old<br />

age pensions, which have to be paid<br />

out, by larger and increasing older<br />

generations is not feasible if it is not<br />

based on a well founded mechanism<br />

backed by papers generated by the<br />

capital markets. You will also not be<br />

able to see the world governments<br />

affording all the investments you<br />

need to mitigate climate change in<br />

order to reduce CO2 reductions.<br />

There are some estimates which<br />

range from 500 to 900 billion US<br />

dollars per year until 2050 and if you<br />

look at world market capitalisation<br />

of global trade flow, you realise that<br />

is not manageable by governments<br />

or the public sector alone. A declaration<br />

of goodwill from countries like<br />

China and the US in Copenhagen is<br />

simply not enough. You need the<br />

binding framework for the private<br />

sector in order to start making the<br />

necessary investments into renewable<br />

energies, into those sectors that need<br />

to be developed and which will be a<br />

source for growth in the next couple<br />

of years.<br />

The G20 have already designed their<br />

recommendations on how capital<br />

markets need to change. This framework,<br />

however, has been out there<br />

for nine months and very little has<br />

been translated into legislation. The<br />

question should be what an individual<br />

firm can do in order to help<br />

sustainable development on one side<br />

114 |<br />

but on the other side of course to<br />

stay within the frame of its mandate,<br />

which is making money for shareholders.<br />

I firmly believe that those<br />

two things are not conflicting with<br />

each other, but that only a company<br />

which is following a sustainable<br />

business model will, long-term, also<br />

create value for shareholders. We are<br />

pushing hard, that the governments<br />

of the world are now really willing<br />

to provide the framework which<br />

would immediately sponsor a large<br />

avalanche of private investments into<br />

renewable energies.<br />

To make sure that the financial sector<br />

as well as capital markets are better<br />

understood, we have now engaged,<br />

in a financial literacy project which is<br />

meant to educate and support education<br />

around the world at schools for<br />

the young generation in understanding<br />

what it means to have functioning<br />

or dysfunctioning capital markets.<br />

Each country needs to invest in<br />

capital markets education. It must be<br />

made clear that properly functioning,<br />

efficient capital markets are not at<br />

odds with sustainability and, ultimately,<br />

a lively market contributes<br />

to a healthy society. People need to<br />

understand how investing works and<br />

how they can accumulate enough<br />

money during their lifetime so secure<br />

for their old age. Only through education<br />

can people harvest the benefits<br />

of capital markets and understand<br />

the principle of sustainability.


There are already quite a number of<br />

companies issuing separate sustainability<br />

reports trying to increase the<br />

interest in this area and their activities.<br />

And as a comparable measure,<br />

we, as investors, do look at the Dow<br />

Jones sustainability index, a standardization<br />

that allows us to compare<br />

one company with the other. For us,<br />

at Allianz, we also are an issuer i.e.<br />

rated about our sustainability and we<br />

do care quite a bit about it. We are<br />

trying to come out in the financial<br />

sector among the top three places. At<br />

the moment, this sustainability index<br />

is a rough benchmark but a pretty<br />

helpful one.<br />

In conclusion, capital markets have<br />

throughout history been the driving<br />

force behind growth, innovation<br />

and human advancement. Functioning<br />

capital markets and individual<br />

sustainable business strategy will<br />

prove to be the important drivers<br />

for a prosperous future. I strongly<br />

believe that the media agenda in the<br />

coming years should include the topic<br />

of re-establishing trust in sustainable<br />

global capital markets.<br />

| 115


Best Practice<br />

3.3. Lessons from the Microfinance Sector:<br />

Building <strong>Trust</strong> Through Information<br />

By Scott Gaul<br />

Imagine the following scenario: an<br />

entire sector of financial institutions<br />

lending solely to low-income individuals<br />

without requiring the conventional<br />

safeguards of collateral and<br />

proper documentation. A superheated<br />

investment climate pushes the<br />

lending institutions to package these<br />

loans into a set of increasingly sophisticated<br />

financial instruments and<br />

sell them to investors. Many of the<br />

institutions are unregulated. Does<br />

this sound familiar? It may sound like<br />

a recipe for disaster. But this isn’t the<br />

subprime lending market. It’s microfinance.<br />

The parallels have not gone<br />

unnoticed.<br />

Microfinance institutions (MFIs) have<br />

made a business of working with the<br />

unbanked for decades, developing<br />

new lending and saving strategies<br />

tailored to the needs of the poor. As<br />

the sector has garnered increasing<br />

commercial interest, microfinance<br />

practitioners have been working on<br />

initiatives designed to address and<br />

prevent the types of excess seen in<br />

the subprime sector.<br />

The novel aspects of microfinance<br />

mean the sector has faced many challenges<br />

building trust with a range<br />

of stakeholders. As microfinance<br />

116 |<br />

institutions increasingly integrate<br />

into global financial sectors, there is<br />

no better time to explore past lessons<br />

learned and to explore future<br />

directions. Open data and robust<br />

technology standards for information<br />

exchange (XBRL in particular) are<br />

critical to supporting healthy microfinance<br />

sectors and improving the<br />

quality and availability of financial<br />

services for the poor. This article<br />

will explore some ways in which the<br />

microfinance sector has used information<br />

to build and maintain trust<br />

along many dimensions, and one<br />

possible future direction for cementing<br />

that trust.<br />

Building trust in the idea<br />

Microfinance differs from traditional<br />

financial services 2 in that it has very<br />

recently faced and continues to face<br />

real existential challenges. Early<br />

questions about the sustainability of<br />

microfinance pushed practitioners<br />

to build trust in the idea of microfinance.<br />

How can financial services be<br />

sustainably delivered to the poor?<br />

Practitioners, development professionals,<br />

policy-makers, investors, and<br />

ultimately, clients, needed to be<br />

convinced of Mohammad Yunus’ dictum<br />

that ‘the poor always pay back.’<br />

(And similarly, in the words of Stuart


Rutherford and others, ‘the poor can<br />

save’.)<br />

Open, public data from microfinance<br />

institutions was critical to building<br />

trust in these ideas. How high are<br />

repayment rates, really? The proof<br />

that ‘the poor always pay back’ relies<br />

on disclosure by microfinance institutions<br />

of sensitive information on<br />

repayment rates, agreed-upon global<br />

reporting standards and a robust<br />

enough sample to make the argument<br />

meaningful. Anecdotes and<br />

fuzzy figures would not suffice. The<br />

need to build trust from very early<br />

on fortunately means that such data<br />

continues to be easily available.<br />

Financial reporting has been the<br />

backbone of building this information<br />

base. Since microfinance services<br />

are delivered through financial institutions,<br />

we have been able to make<br />

leverage existing financial reporting<br />

standards. However, microfinance<br />

practitioners also want to track the<br />

human component of financial services<br />

– counting people, not just dollars.<br />

If a bank makes a loan, to whom<br />

are they making that loan? A man,<br />

a woman, someone living below the<br />

poverty line? Did the loan make their<br />

life better or worse? This has led to<br />

adjustments to traditional financial<br />

reporting standards and the development<br />

of new reporting frameworks<br />

to meet the specific needs of the<br />

microfinance sector. For example,<br />

organizations such as SEEP and CGAP<br />

promote reporting standards and disclosure<br />

guidelines tailored to microfinance<br />

context. 3<br />

In addition, microfinance practitioners<br />

needed ways to exchange best<br />

practices, innovations and lessons<br />

learned. The roots of microfinance<br />

extend to multiple places around<br />

the globe and there are now microfinance<br />

institutions operating in<br />

well over 100 countries. What works<br />

in one place or at one time, may or<br />

may not work in another. Key innovations<br />

– solidarity group lending,<br />

low-balance savings accounts – need<br />

to be continually shared and refined.<br />

Again, open exchange of information<br />

has been a pillar supporting this<br />

need.<br />

To provide the information needed<br />

to build trust in these ideas, microfinance<br />

practitioners focused on<br />

support for institutional information<br />

disclosure and benchmarking. As part<br />

of this initiative, the Microfinance<br />

Information Exchange (MIX) was<br />

formed as an independent nonprofit<br />

organization to manage these<br />

functions as a global public good<br />

for the microfinance sector. MIX’s<br />

early benchmarks used a sample of<br />

standardized scrubbed data from a<br />

small sample of leading institutions.<br />

In 1999, for instance, 48 institutions<br />

reported, with a median portfolio<br />

at risk (PAR) over 90 days of 2.7%. 4<br />

| 117


Best Practice<br />

While not quite the poor always pay<br />

back, these basic metrics helped to<br />

build trust. Only a few years later,<br />

the sample of participating institutions<br />

has expanded more than<br />

twenty-fold. But the numbers remain<br />

similar in many instances – PAR > 90<br />

days was 1.6% for the 2008 benchmarks,<br />

5 which now cover over 1100<br />

institutions.<br />

Building trust in the market<br />

Increasing capital flows is often seen<br />

as another key pillar for the growth<br />

and development of microfinance<br />

institutions. To support these capital<br />

flows, microfinance needed to<br />

build trust in the capital markets<br />

that microfinance ‘works’. And what<br />

‘works’ for capital markets may be<br />

quite different than what ‘works’ in<br />

a development context. (It is worth<br />

noting that investment is not needed<br />

or permitted for all institutions,<br />

especially those that can mobilize<br />

adequate funding through savings.)<br />

Microfinance institutions are the<br />

locus for investment. Consequently,<br />

capital markets needed to learn more<br />

about the institutions themselves<br />

and their operations. The microfinance<br />

sector began to develop<br />

parallel mechanisms to those used<br />

in traditional capital markets for the<br />

exchange of institutional information.<br />

Several specialized microfinance<br />

rating agencies – Planet Rating, Microrate,<br />

M-Cril, Microfinanza – were<br />

118 |<br />

founded during the last decade, and<br />

ratings initially subsidized through<br />

a global Ratings Fund, with a fixed<br />

expiration date in order to enable<br />

a broad range of institutions to test<br />

the services. 6 Initiatives such as the<br />

CGAP Financial Transparency Awards<br />

and MIX Market incentivized adherence<br />

to best practices reporting<br />

guidelines, disclosure of audited financial<br />

statements and the use of ratings<br />

and other external evaluations.<br />

All of these initiatives helped to build<br />

trust for investors and attract capital<br />

by having microfinance institutions<br />

learn to speak the language and use<br />

the tools of financial markets.<br />

Information that is appropriate<br />

for many actors – for investment<br />

evaluation, for networks looking to<br />

advocate for their members and for<br />

regulators. How can we speak to<br />

the most actors with the least work?<br />

Microfinance institutions are often<br />

resource-constrained and reporting<br />

requirements need to ‘do more with<br />

less’. It is further critical that information<br />

on microfinance can be used to<br />

inform management decision-making.<br />

Building smart standards – keeping<br />

financial reporting guidelines<br />

linked to IFRS, but augmenting these<br />

carefully as needed.<br />

From a volume perspective, the<br />

ability of microfinance institutions<br />

to build trust in the capital markets<br />

would seem to have been successful.


As of 2008, there is over $15 billion<br />

USD in borrowed funds outstanding<br />

with microfinance institutions,<br />

funding loan portfolios of $40 billion<br />

USD. 7 Well over 200 funders – banks,<br />

funds, peer-to-peer lenders – have<br />

significant microfinance positions. Initiatives<br />

like the United Nations’ 2005<br />

‘Year of Microcredit’ helped to draw<br />

further attention and capital to the<br />

sector. Microfinance investors have<br />

moved beyond direct lending to offer<br />

structured investments, equity stakes<br />

and currency hedging instruments.<br />

Several microfinance institutions have<br />

had IPOs on local and international<br />

exchanges. The complexity of this can<br />

be significant - microfinance CDOs<br />

require coordination across dozens of<br />

countries and legal environments to<br />

marshal sufficient capital. 8<br />

However, the growth of external<br />

investment has been one of the most<br />

controversial developments of the<br />

past several years. In 2008, the Centre<br />

for the Study of Financial Innovation’s<br />

(CSFI) annual ‘Banana Skins’<br />

report cited ‘too much funding and<br />

refinancing risk’ as among the key<br />

risks facing the global microfinance<br />

sector. 9 One year later, ‘reputation<br />

risk’ had also moved to the top of<br />

the list. 10 Here again, it is useful to<br />

compare the response of the microfinance<br />

sector with the financial crisis<br />

and subprime lending. How have<br />

microfinance practitioners sought to<br />

maintain trust with key stakeholders<br />

in these times? It comes back to a familiar<br />

theme – open, public data and<br />

standards are critical components.<br />

Building trust with policy makers<br />

In addition to building trust in the<br />

idea and trust in the capital markets,<br />

microfinance also needed to engage<br />

and convince policy makers. Microfinance<br />

developments were often ‘bottom<br />

up’ and did not arise from ‘top<br />

down’ government initiatives. Many<br />

microfinance providers are non-governmental<br />

organizations and often<br />

operate without clear legal frameworks<br />

or restrictions on the types of<br />

financial services they can provide.<br />

Of course, this is not always the case:<br />

state-owned retail financial service<br />

providers remain among the largest<br />

bloc of institutions in terms of global<br />

outreach. 11<br />

Nonetheless, an enabling policy<br />

environment and clear legal framework<br />

for microfinance institutions<br />

are also necessities. In particular,<br />

regulatory oversight permits secure<br />

savings mobilization. Since many microfinance<br />

providers have historically<br />

been ‘credit-only’ (and often with<br />

international investors), systemic risks<br />

to local financial sectors have been<br />

limited. 12 However, with the rise in<br />

savings mobilization, microfinance<br />

institutions present different risks<br />

to financial sectors and low-income<br />

households and need appropriate<br />

regulation. Convincing policy mak-<br />

| 119


Best Practice<br />

ers that microfinance institutions are<br />

stable, transparent and working in<br />

line with international best practices<br />

is again key to building this trust.<br />

Maintaining trust and dealing with<br />

crises<br />

The process of building trust in microfinance<br />

institutions has not been<br />

without difficult periods. Two recent<br />

sets of events stand out as examples<br />

of how the microfinance sector has<br />

addressed crises. In neither case have<br />

the responses undone the effects<br />

of the crisis, but both illustrate the<br />

central role that transparency and<br />

information exchange can have.<br />

In 2007, Banco Compartamos, a leading<br />

Mexican microfinance institution,<br />

launched an intial public offering<br />

(IPO) which was several times oversubscribed<br />

and led to over 100 million<br />

USD in profits. The distribution of<br />

those profits and how Compartamos<br />

managed to accumulate them in the<br />

first place were the subject of months<br />

of controversy. 13 At the center of<br />

the debate were the interest rates<br />

charged by Compartamos on some<br />

of their loan products - rates which<br />

ranged between 80% and 120%<br />

annually (depending on the means<br />

used to calculate them). The backlash<br />

from the IPO directly led to a focus<br />

on interest rates and investment<br />

flows. Microfinance interest rates<br />

have historically been high, generally<br />

justified through higher operating<br />

120 |<br />

costs. 14 The industry’s response was<br />

to address the clear need for more<br />

transparency on this front. The creation<br />

of MF Transparency 15 provides<br />

the first clear, accurate information<br />

on microfinance loan pricing. Several<br />

initiatives, including by MIX, aim<br />

to make information on investmen<br />

flows more easily available.<br />

The increased global focus on microfinance<br />

following the IPO also coincided<br />

with a rise in impact assessment<br />

initiatives and social performance<br />

measurement. The microfinance<br />

sector has developed initiatives to<br />

focus on consumer protection, ethical<br />

principles for microfinance institutions,<br />

transparency on interest rates,<br />

and improved measurement of social<br />

variables. 16 Each of these aims to<br />

better track the human component<br />

of financial services delivery, and in<br />

most cases they leverage the underlying<br />

financial reporting standards to<br />

the extent possible.<br />

The second test of trust in microfinance<br />

is the financial sector crisis of<br />

the past year. Historically, anecdotal<br />

evidence has suggested that the lack<br />

of integration of microfinance clients<br />

and providers into the globalized<br />

economy insulated microfinance institutions<br />

from external shocks. While<br />

hard evidence of microfinance’s<br />

resilience to macroeconomic shocks<br />

has been ambiguous, 17 it at least has<br />

not shown that microfinance insti-


tutions are more vulnerable than<br />

traditional financial institutions. In<br />

large part, the microfinance sector<br />

has been able to weather the current<br />

crisis. There have been flare-ups in<br />

some sectors – Pakistan and Nicaragua<br />

have had repayment crises and<br />

investment has slowed in others - but<br />

global catastrophe has yet to strike. 18<br />

A long-term focus on transparency<br />

and open, voluntary exchange of information<br />

has so far enabled MFIs to<br />

win the trust of investors, regulators,<br />

researchers, and other MFIs.<br />

Information and transparency as the<br />

backbone<br />

Information has been at the core of<br />

building trust with multiple actors.<br />

Basic operational and performance<br />

information – financial information<br />

plus, if you will – was critical to building<br />

trust in the idea of microfinance.<br />

Deeper institutional data, with<br />

agreed-upon standards and external<br />

verification, was critical to building<br />

trust in the capital markets. Microfinance<br />

has responded to new challenges<br />

by adapting and expanding<br />

the types of information available.<br />

Much of this has occurred with<br />

microfinance as a ‘parallel’ to traditional<br />

financial sectors, with limited<br />

integration. Microfinance rating<br />

agencies, regulators, credit bureaus,<br />

etc. are similar to, but often distinct<br />

from their ‘traditional’ financial sector<br />

analogues. Microfinance institu-<br />

tions may, for instance, be regulated<br />

by a ‘Ministry of Social Policy’, while<br />

banks and other financial intermediaries<br />

are regulated by the ‘Ministry of<br />

Finance’ or the central bank.<br />

All of this is changing rapidly. The<br />

number of institutions under regulatory<br />

oversight increases annually.<br />

The big rating agencies are moving<br />

into the sector – Moody’s, Fitch and<br />

Standard & Poor’s have all rated microfinance<br />

companies or securities. 19<br />

More and more commercial banks<br />

are ‘downscaling’ to directly offer<br />

retail microfinance services – often<br />

competing with microfinance institutions.<br />

Investment banks have begun<br />

to open (and occasionally, then close)<br />

microfinance units. The volume of international<br />

investment capital flows<br />

(and the concomitant risks) increases<br />

each year. The ‘parallel’ universe of<br />

microfinance is becoming more and<br />

more an integral part of ‘traditional’<br />

financial sectors.<br />

The integration of microfinance into<br />

traditional financial sectors presents<br />

new information challenges. Microfinance<br />

institutions will need to speak<br />

the same language and use the same<br />

vocabulary as global financial sectors<br />

in order to be understood. We see<br />

XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting<br />

Language) as the language of the<br />

future for global financial reporting<br />

and information exchange. We see<br />

IFRS as the data model around which<br />

global reporting will harmonize, the<br />

| 121


Best Practice<br />

dictionary to which XBRL can refer<br />

when looking for financial concepts<br />

and relationships. Consequently, to<br />

better organize, collect, and present<br />

microfinance data, we have looked<br />

to XBRL as a solution, using the IFRS<br />

standards and disclosure guidelines<br />

as a basis.<br />

Charlie Hoffman, the oft-cited ‘father<br />

of XBRL’, wrote recently on his blog<br />

about the future of financial reporting.<br />

20 The future he sees includes a<br />

few key components, including the<br />

joint use of XBRL and IFRS:<br />

• “The financial reporting meta data<br />

used globally is IFRS and other<br />

global standard meta data.<br />

• The reporting format is XBRL. In<br />

fact, maybe it is not even XBRL.<br />

I frankly have no bias here other<br />

than it needs to be structured and<br />

computer readable...<br />

• Computers do all sorts of helpful<br />

things for the preparers of such<br />

statements such as making sure the<br />

numbers all add up and that the<br />

required disclosures are there much<br />

like a manual disclosure checklist is<br />

used today…<br />

• The report is interactive…<br />

• More relevant information will be<br />

reported…”<br />

If one were to predict where these<br />

innovations would come from, few<br />

would likely settle on a loose cohort<br />

of financial institutions scattered<br />

around the globe working with<br />

122 |<br />

clients and services well outside the<br />

focus of traditional financial institutions.<br />

And yet, many of the pieces of<br />

this ‘future’ are already in place for<br />

the microfinance sector.<br />

MIX uses XBRL as the primary means<br />

of information capture for microfinance<br />

institutions. The MIX Microfinance<br />

Taxonomy builds a direct link<br />

to IFRS, but incorporates the many<br />

sector-specific concepts necessary<br />

to capture the double bottom line<br />

focus of many microfinance institutions.<br />

We expect that one of the<br />

main benefits of the use of XBRL will<br />

be increased financial transparency<br />

within the MFI community. As the<br />

complexity and detail within MFI financial<br />

statements increases, we will<br />

be able to capture and share richer<br />

information. In the long run, we<br />

hope the taxonomy can also support<br />

local regulators and international<br />

networks seeking to use standardized<br />

reporting as a basis for decision-making.<br />

Information exchange has many challenges<br />

for microfinance. Stakeholders<br />

want a global view, but global reporting<br />

is voluntary. There are many<br />

variations in local standards within<br />

and across countries. Institutions vary<br />

widely in capacity and many have<br />

concerns about negative repercussions<br />

of transparency, especially<br />

those operating without a clear legal<br />

framework. There is no one-size-fitsall<br />

model for microfinance. This is


one reason that extensible standards<br />

are critical. Although there are certainly<br />

more challenges ahead – so far,<br />

XBRL has little name recognition or<br />

actual examples of deployment within<br />

the microfinance sector – these are<br />

a set of problems that many others<br />

are also working to solve.<br />

Conclusion<br />

Microfinance has had to continually<br />

build trust with different stakeholders<br />

from a limited resource<br />

base. There have been occasional,<br />

although localized, meltdowns. It is<br />

a bit like operating in a permanent<br />

crisis mode – existential threats are<br />

a day-to-day focus for many microfinance<br />

institutions. Transparency and<br />

public information have helped to<br />

counterbalance these risks. Microfinance<br />

practitioners have spent a<br />

lot of time learning from traditional<br />

financial sector reporting standards<br />

and building innovations to make<br />

these standards go further to tell us<br />

more about the institutions and the<br />

impact of their services. Maybe now<br />

it has come time for microfinance to<br />

teach some lessons to the traditional<br />

financial sector.<br />

References:<br />

1. Some of the material here was previously<br />

posted to the Hitachi XBRL<br />

blog at: http://hitachidatainteractive.<br />

com/2009/06/18/xbrl-increases-transparency-of-microfinance-institutions/<br />

2. Throughout this paper, we will try<br />

to use the term ‘traditional financial<br />

sectors’ to refer to that which is not<br />

microfinance. This is not a perfect distinction<br />

– credit unions and banks are<br />

often microfinance providers and are<br />

also quite ‘traditional’ – but hopefully it<br />

will suffice for these purposes.<br />

3. See: http://www.seepnetwork.org/Pages/Initiatives/FinancialReportingStandardInitiative.aspx<br />

and http://www.cgap.<br />

org/p/site/c/template.rc/1.9.2785/ for<br />

examples.<br />

4. http://www.themix.org/sites/default/<br />

files/MIX_1999_07_MBB3.pdf, p. 40.<br />

5. http://www.themix.org/sites/default/<br />

files/MBB%2019%20-%20December%202009_0.pdf,<br />

p. 62.<br />

6. Given the role that rating agencies<br />

played in the financial sector crisis, it<br />

may be worth a separate assessment of<br />

whether microfinance rating agencies<br />

were able to avoid the same types of<br />

issues. Some research on the impact of<br />

ratings is here: Hartarska, Valentina,<br />

2006. „Rating in Microfinance: Cross-<br />

Country Evidence,“ 2006 Annual Meeting,<br />

August 12-18, 2006, Queensland,<br />

Australia 25506, International Association<br />

of Agricultural Economists.<br />

7. Source: MIX Market, borrowings and<br />

loan portfolio values for 2008 fiscal<br />

year. Deposits and equity fund the<br />

remainder.<br />

8. http://www.dwmarkets.com/investmentmanagement/structured-investments/<br />

microfinance-securitization.html<br />

9. Microfinance Banana Skins 2008: Risk<br />

in a Booming Industry, Mar 2008,<br />

Lascelles, D. Available at: http://www.<br />

microfinancegateway.org/p/site/m//template.rc/1.9.25066<br />

10. Microfinance Banana Skins 2009:<br />

Confronting Crisis and Change, 2009,<br />

Lascelles, D. & Mendelson, S. Available<br />

at: http://www.microfinancegateway.<br />

| 123


Best Practice<br />

org/p/site/m//template.rc/1.9.35208<br />

11. CGAP, unpublished research.<br />

12. In addition, ‘socially responsible’ investors<br />

may be disinclined to try to recover<br />

capital. Throwing in the Towel: Lessons<br />

from MFI Liquidations, 20 Sep 2009,<br />

Rozas, D. Available at: http://www.<br />

microfinancegateway.org/p/site/m//template.rc/1.9.38716<br />

13. See: R. Rosenberg, “CGAP Reflections<br />

on the Compartamos Initial Public Offering”.<br />

June 2007., Available at: http://<br />

www.microfinancegateway.org/p/site/<br />

m//template.rc/1.9.29214<br />

14. See: “Why do MFIs charge high interest<br />

rates?”, available at: http://www.<br />

cgap.org/p/site/c/template.rc/1.26.1309/;<br />

Rosenberg, Gonzalez and Narain, “The<br />

New Moneylenders: Are the Poor Being<br />

Exploited by High Microcredit Interest<br />

Rates?”, available at: http://www.cgap.<br />

org/p/site/c/template.rc/1.9.9534/<br />

15. See: http://www.mftransparency.org/<br />

16. See (respectively): http://www.centerforfinancialinclusion.org/;<br />

http://www.<br />

cgap.org/p/site/c/template.rc/1.26.1881/;<br />

http://www.mftransparency.org/; and<br />

http://www.sptf.info/ or http://www.<br />

themix.org/standards/social-performance<br />

17. See Walter, Ingo and Krauss, Nicolas<br />

A., Can Microfinance Reduce Portfolio<br />

Volatility? (January 30, 2008).<br />

Available at SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=943786,<br />

and Gonzalez, “Resilience<br />

of Microfinance Institutions to<br />

Macroeconomic Events.” Available at:<br />

http://www.themix.org/publications/resilience-microfinance-institutions-macroeconomic-events<br />

18. Reille, Kneiding and Martinez, “The<br />

Impact of the Financial Crisis on<br />

Microfinance Institutions and Their<br />

Clients” Available at: http://www.cgap.<br />

124 |<br />

org/p/site/c/template.rc/1.9.34453/; also<br />

MIX, Microbanking Bulletin vol. 19, Dec.<br />

2009, http://www.themix.org/sites/default/files/MBB%2019%20-%20December%202009_0.pdf<br />

19. See: http://microcapitalmonitor.com/<br />

cblog/index.php?/archives/101-How-Important-is-Regulation-and-Supervisionof-Microfinance-to-Your-Investment-<br />

Decision.html ; http://www.fitchratings.<br />

com/web_content/presentations/2009/<br />

stru_cred/microfinance_resilience_to_<br />

%20the_crisis_teleconf_9jun09.pdf or<br />

http://www2.standardandpoors.com/spf/<br />

pdf/fixedincome/MicrofinanceMethodologyAssumptions.pdf<br />

20. http://xbrl.squarespace.com/journal/2009/12/6/peeking-into-the-futureof-financial-reporting.html


4. Supervision:<br />

Recovery Needs Controlling<br />

4.1. Learning From the Crisis<br />

By Mark B. Fuller & Joseph B. Fuller<br />

Last year at this time, the topic on<br />

everyone’s mind was the global<br />

financial crisis: How bad would it be?<br />

How long would it last? And, given<br />

its severity, was this yet another<br />

indictment of contemporary market<br />

capitalism?<br />

Now, a year later and around the<br />

world, a host of stimulus plans and<br />

other government interventions<br />

appear to have had positive effect.<br />

Some experts have pronounced the<br />

recession over, and most people are<br />

cautiously optimistic that the fragile<br />

recovery under way will continue and<br />

strengthen. Still, the meaning of the<br />

crisis is being debated and there is<br />

yet no consensus about appropriate<br />

remedies to moderate the effects of<br />

the next downturn, when it inevitably<br />

comes.<br />

Looking back on the experience, two<br />

aspects of the crisis are especially<br />

striking: its global scale and its severity.<br />

This was the first truly worldwide<br />

downturn, spreading rapidly from<br />

the advanced economies to the<br />

emerging markets. It hit especially<br />

hard in North America and Europe<br />

but it was felt everywhere, causing<br />

deep distress in places as diverse as<br />

California, Iceland, and Dubai.<br />

The crisis proved so severe because<br />

it was actually a coincidence and<br />

compound of two problems, a deep<br />

crisis in the financial markets layered<br />

onto a cyclical downturn in the<br />

underlying global economy. Amid all<br />

the attention paid to the former, the<br />

latter has been largely ignored. Yet a<br />

global recession was coming due by<br />

2008: it had been seven years since<br />

the last one, in which troubles rooted<br />

in the dot-com crash were prolonged<br />

in the aftermath of the September 11,<br />

2001 terrorist attacks. By 2007, there<br />

were signs of an incipient recession<br />

in the global economy: rising<br />

energy prices, volatile asset prices,<br />

overcapacity, worries about credit<br />

to keep the expansion going. As the<br />

credit crunch morphed into a fullblown<br />

crisis in the financial markets,<br />

this overstressed weaknesses in the<br />

underlying economy and made the<br />

contraction sharper and deeper than<br />

seen in decades.<br />

Popular explanations of the financial<br />

markets crisis have tended to oversimplify<br />

what happened, frequently<br />

attributing it to greed and irresponsibility<br />

on the part of those leading<br />

major financial institutions in the advanced<br />

economies. There is no doubt<br />

that such attitudes and behaviors<br />

contributed to our misfortune. Incen-<br />

| 125


Supervision<br />

tives and other policies and systems<br />

in financial institutions are geared to<br />

innovation and short-term profitability.<br />

Too little thought has been given<br />

to downside risk in the risk/reward<br />

equation. Yet blaming a handful of<br />

greedy individuals, however appealing<br />

to populist inclinations, obscures<br />

critical points that must be taken into<br />

account if we are to draw practical<br />

lessons from this unhappy experience.<br />

First, as noted, is the difference between<br />

the financial markets crisis and<br />

a down-cycle in the modern global<br />

economy as well as the relationship<br />

between the two. We have lived<br />

with downturns periodically, every<br />

seven to ten years, since the middle<br />

of the nineteenth century. There<br />

is no reason to expect otherwise in<br />

the future. The swinging pendulum<br />

is endemic to business life. In the<br />

interest of moderating the effects<br />

of the next recession, public policy<br />

should focus on the ways the financial<br />

markets impact and interact with<br />

the underlying economy and take<br />

special care that crises forming in the<br />

financial markets―which occur with<br />

less frequency than recessions and<br />

also betray their own clear warning<br />

signs―do not coincide with downswings<br />

of the cycle.<br />

Third, if blame is to be allocated to<br />

individuals atop financial institutions,<br />

it must be shared with other<br />

126 |<br />

parties. In the private sector, as many<br />

commentators have observed, the<br />

ratings agencies are as culpable as<br />

the banks. These agencies have an<br />

explicit role to provide an independent<br />

and reliable evaluation of the<br />

risks inherent in financial instruments<br />

and portfolios. In this, they failed utterly,<br />

misleading both investors and<br />

regulators.<br />

Government was derelict in its duty<br />

to regulate certain key financial markets<br />

and activities. During the past<br />

several decades, financial services<br />

firms developed a dizzying array<br />

of new, often complex investment<br />

approaches, structures, and instruments<br />

that government consciously<br />

and deliberately chose not to regulate―hedge<br />

funds, highly-leveraged<br />

private equity deals, off-exchange<br />

trading of derivatives, securitized<br />

debt, credit default swaps, and the<br />

like. To be fair, government’s challenge<br />

reflects differential rates of<br />

innovation in the private and public<br />

sectors. Note the timeframe, however:<br />

we’re talking about decades, not<br />

something sudden or unexpected.<br />

The regulators should have policed<br />

innovation in the markets when they<br />

had ample evidence and repeated<br />

indications of concern. They didn’t.<br />

Hyper-innovation, abetted by rapid<br />

globalization, also strained governance<br />

in the private sector. The<br />

failure in financial institutions was


due as much to inadequate oversight<br />

as to individual excess. Directors and<br />

executive heads in the firms had little<br />

ability to see what was happening,<br />

even if they understood it―which<br />

at houses like Lehman Brothers, few<br />

apparently did. More worrisome,<br />

in their rush to make profits and to<br />

track progress quarter by quarter,<br />

leadership in the firms seem to have<br />

forgotten their moral purpose to<br />

invest for sustainable returns and the<br />

long-term financial health of economies<br />

and societies.<br />

Finally, the sheer scale of the crisis<br />

reflects significant problems in governance<br />

of the global financial system.<br />

The interdependent nature of the<br />

system means that it is vulnerable at<br />

its weakest link. It will do little good<br />

to have strong, effective governance<br />

in some countries or regions if regulation<br />

is weak or lacking elsewhere.<br />

To date, there are few encouraging<br />

signs that these points are being addressed.<br />

In the advanced economies<br />

and around the world, policymakers<br />

seem more interested in curbing excesses<br />

in the financial sector than in<br />

revisiting and revamping the rules to<br />

ensure the stability of the system and<br />

better behavior among its key actors.<br />

Targeting greedy individuals may be<br />

popular but it doesn’t address the<br />

fundamental challenges. Similarly,<br />

when heads of state and finance<br />

ministers congregate for economic<br />

summits or meetings of multilateral<br />

institutions, they often engage on<br />

peripheral rather than core systems<br />

issues. Looking ahead, if we do not<br />

see significant changes in securities<br />

regulation, if we do not see public officials<br />

most responsible for ensuring<br />

the integrity of the global financial<br />

system addressing the real issues, and<br />

if we do not see governance reform<br />

in financial services firms, then we<br />

should not be surprised by the next<br />

crisis in the financial markets. It<br />

won’t be long in coming.<br />

Meanwhile, the incipient recovery<br />

is testimony to the health of the<br />

underlying global economy. Companies<br />

succeeding in providing real<br />

goods and services to customers and<br />

consumers around the world are<br />

fundamentally strong and competitive.<br />

They’re heading in the right<br />

direction. How quickly the economy<br />

rebounds and whether the recovery<br />

is sustained are questions whose<br />

answers depend on many variables.<br />

Among the most important is whether<br />

companies and investors have<br />

their trust in the financial markets<br />

restored. On that score, there is not<br />

yet much reason for optimism.<br />

| 127


Supervision<br />

4.2. Peer Review Will Need to be Peer Pressure<br />

By Robert B. Zoellick<br />

Great upheavals produce shock<br />

waves that widen cracks in political,<br />

economic, and security orders.<br />

Sometimes the old orders break. Yet<br />

it can be in the power of leaders and<br />

peoples to shape the directions of<br />

change.<br />

Today, most people assume that<br />

when Edmund Burke wrote his Reflections<br />

on the Revolution in France<br />

he was denouncing a revolution that<br />

had already executed a King and<br />

Queen, and launched the Terror. But<br />

he published his work in 1790, before<br />

the cobbled streets of Paris echoed<br />

with the rumble of tumbrels and the<br />

roar of crowds at the guillotine.<br />

1789 was one of the great upheavals<br />

in history. Although Burke offered<br />

wise warnings, most of his contemporaries<br />

expected France to tread an<br />

“English path” towards constitutional<br />

democracy.<br />

The effects of momentous events can<br />

reverberate over time. When asked<br />

more than a century later about the<br />

impact of the French Revolution,<br />

China’s Premier Zhou Enlai allegedly<br />

replied, “It’s too soon to say.”<br />

Last year is the 20 th anniversary of<br />

the peaceful revolution of 1989.<br />

128 |<br />

The upheavals across Europe of that<br />

year, so different from 1789, brought<br />

an end to the Cold War. They led<br />

to the opening of the Berlin Wall,<br />

the freedom of Central and Eastern<br />

Europe, the unification of a democratic<br />

Germany and the reunification<br />

of Europe, the break-up of the Soviet<br />

Union, and the return of Russia. To<br />

many, these tumultuous events really<br />

did feel like the “End of History,” as<br />

my friend Frank Fukuyama famously<br />

put it. Yet the European narrative<br />

moved to new chapters with the widening<br />

of what became the European<br />

Union, the creation of a common<br />

currency, and the enlargement of the<br />

NATO Alliance.<br />

While most eyes were focused on<br />

Europe in that era, new histories<br />

were being sketched around the<br />

world: NAFTA offered a fundamental<br />

reorientation of Mexico, including<br />

toward democracy and potentially<br />

deeper integration of North America;<br />

APEC implied a new “open regionalism”<br />

that could connect a rising East<br />

Asia with the Americas bordering<br />

the Pacific; and a coalition based<br />

upon UN action reversed Iraq’s brutal<br />

conquering of Kuwait, opening the<br />

way for a Madrid Conference that<br />

initiated negotiations between Israel<br />

and the Arab states. These seeds of


change were planted by forwardlooking<br />

leaders who saw the opportunities<br />

amidst seismic shifts and<br />

shifting trends.<br />

My experience then –and since – has<br />

reinforced my sense that events occur<br />

within a continuum. As Burke<br />

observed, there exists “a partnership<br />

not only between those who are<br />

living, but between those who are<br />

living, those who are dead and those<br />

who are to be born.”<br />

Outcomes are not predetermined.<br />

They depend on both events and<br />

purposeful actions.<br />

In 2010, we are living through another<br />

upheaval that is changing our<br />

world. What will be its implications<br />

for the future?<br />

Today’s upheaval did not occur from<br />

nowhere. The seeds were planted<br />

earlier.<br />

The last 20 years have witnessed a<br />

huge economic shift. The breakdown<br />

of the planned economies in the<br />

Soviet Union and Central and Eastern<br />

Europe, the economic reforms in China<br />

and India, and the export-driven<br />

growth strategies of East Asia all contributed<br />

to a world market economy<br />

that vaulted from about 1 billion to<br />

4 or 5 billion people. This shift offers<br />

enormous opportunities. But it has<br />

also shaken an international eco-<br />

nomic system forged in the middle<br />

of the 20th Century, with patched-up<br />

changes in the decades since.<br />

Some seeds of today’s troubles were<br />

sown by the responses – or lack of<br />

them – to the financial crises of the<br />

late 1990s. After the Asian financial<br />

crisis, developing countries determined<br />

they never again wanted to be<br />

exposed to the tempests of globalization.<br />

Many “insured” themselves<br />

through managing exchange rates<br />

and building huge currency reserves.<br />

Some of these changes contributed<br />

to imbalances and tensions in the<br />

global economy, but for years governments<br />

muddled through amidst<br />

generally good growth.<br />

Central banks failed to address risks<br />

building in the new economy. They<br />

seemingly mastered product price<br />

inflation in the 1980s, but most decided<br />

that asset price bubbles were<br />

difficult to identify and to restrain<br />

with monetary policy. They argued<br />

that damage to the “real economy”<br />

of jobs, production, savings, and consumption<br />

could be contained once<br />

bubbles burst, through aggressive<br />

easing of interest rates. They turned<br />

out to be wrong.<br />

Regulators and supervisors of financial<br />

institutions were no longer<br />

grounded in reality. Financial innovation<br />

and competition vastly expanded<br />

services – including to companies<br />

| 129


Supervision<br />

and families often shunted aside in<br />

the past –but the alluringly simple<br />

design of “rational markets” theory<br />

led regulators to take a holiday from<br />

the realities of psychology, organizational<br />

behavior, systemic risks,<br />

and the complexities of markets and<br />

humans.<br />

As in the past, the actions we take<br />

today shape future opportunities and<br />

challenges.<br />

In 1944, the delegates at Bretton<br />

Woods seized a moment to shape a<br />

new global arrangement. They spent<br />

three weeks in New Hampshire developing<br />

a system of rules, institutions,<br />

and procedures for financial and<br />

commercial relations in the world<br />

economy.<br />

That world has changed enormously<br />

over the past 65 years – not least<br />

with the transformations of 1989.<br />

The current upheaval is changing the<br />

landscape yet again.<br />

Already, we can see potential shifts in<br />

power and institutions and international<br />

cooperation. In part, the shifts<br />

will depend upon how the parties<br />

adapt to new circumstances; in part,<br />

upon the rapidity of the recovery; in<br />

part, upon changes in who holds the<br />

world’s capital, technology, and human<br />

resources and what they do with<br />

them; in part, upon how countries<br />

cooperate –or do not. .<br />

130 |<br />

What are the perceptions and realities<br />

of power after this crisis?<br />

The current assumption is that the<br />

post-crisis political economy will<br />

reflect the rising influence of China,<br />

probably of India, and of other large<br />

emerging economies. Supposedly, the<br />

United States, the epicenter of the<br />

financial crisis, will see its economic<br />

power and influence diminish.<br />

There are good reasons for this<br />

perception. China has responded<br />

strongly to the crisis, both in terms<br />

of stimulus and monetary policies,<br />

and it seems to have a deep treasure<br />

chest to back up its first moves. China<br />

has enjoyed a rapid recovery, which<br />

has assisted others, underscoring<br />

China’s growing influence.<br />

Indeed, today, China acts as a stabilizing<br />

force in the global economy.<br />

Together, China and India account<br />

for 8.5 percent of world output. They<br />

and other developing countries are<br />

growing substantially more rapidly<br />

than developed countries.<br />

And yet…<br />

China’s future is not yet determined.<br />

Its rapid recovery in 2009 was fueled<br />

by an expansion of credit of 26 percent<br />

of GDP in the first eight months<br />

of 2009. This flood is now easing,<br />

and authorities are likely to limit it<br />

further for fear of effects on asset<br />

prices, asset quality, and eventually


general inflation. China still faces big<br />

uncertainties in 2010.<br />

China’s leaders recognize these risks,<br />

including the continued dependence<br />

of China and other emerging economies<br />

on export-led growth. It will not<br />

be easy for China to shift to increasing<br />

reliance on domestic demand,<br />

especially to greater consumption<br />

that could help balance world<br />

growth while contributing to China’s<br />

goal of a more “ harmonious society.”<br />

China’s protected service sector,<br />

including financial services, limits<br />

opportunities for entrepreneurs and<br />

increases in productivity.<br />

The United States, in turn, has been<br />

hit hard by the crisis. But America has<br />

a culture of resilience to set-backs,<br />

adapting to new circumstances and<br />

remaking itself.<br />

The future for the United States will<br />

depend on whether and how it will<br />

address large deficits, recover without<br />

inflation that could undermine<br />

its credit and currency, and overhaul<br />

its financial system to preserve<br />

innovation while adding to safety<br />

and soundness. The United States<br />

also needs to help people adjust<br />

to change, so that it can maintain<br />

its greatest trump card: openness<br />

to trade, investment, people, and<br />

ideas. The geopoliticians will be on<br />

the watch for signs that America’s<br />

economic troubles are leading to a<br />

weakening of U.S. confidence, energy<br />

and resources to project its interests<br />

globally in cooperation with others.<br />

Japan is the first leading industrial<br />

power to experience a political upheaval<br />

in the wake of the crisis. The<br />

election of the Democratic Party of<br />

Japan could create a sustainable twoparty<br />

democracy for the first time in<br />

the country’s history.<br />

Japan rose from the ashes of World<br />

War II as a “trading state,” the model<br />

for export-led growth. It is not clear<br />

that the old export model of growth<br />

will be sustainable in a more “balanced”<br />

global economy that does not<br />

rely so heavily on the U.S. consumer.<br />

An aging Japan will have new consumption<br />

needs. A global economy<br />

with more poles of growth could<br />

offer Japan new markets, especially<br />

for its impressive capabilities to use<br />

energy efficiently.<br />

The world will be deeply interested<br />

in the shape of a Japanese foreign<br />

policy that can be sustained across<br />

parties and that might assume new<br />

responsibilities. Such a foreign policy<br />

could build on Japan’s experiences<br />

in development. Japan could deepen<br />

cooperation with other Asia-Pacific<br />

actors in ASEAN, Australia, China,<br />

and Korea, while maintaining its<br />

global role, especially through relations<br />

with the United States. Development<br />

opportunities in Africa,<br />

| 131


Supervision<br />

Latin America, Central Asia, and the<br />

Middle East would also enable Japan<br />

to “do well while doing good.”<br />

The European Union may have been<br />

slow to recognize that this economic<br />

crisis was the first big test of the New<br />

Europe made possible by the revolutions<br />

of 1989. But it adapted relatively<br />

quickly, and European institutions<br />

may come out stronger for it.<br />

Central and Eastern European<br />

economies were hit especially hard<br />

by the crisis. And their problems are<br />

far from over. At least for European<br />

Union members, however, the<br />

support offered by the European<br />

Commission, the European Bank for<br />

Reconstruction and Development,<br />

and the European Investment Bank<br />

– with assistance from the World<br />

Bank Group – has been critical. It appears<br />

that the European banks that<br />

invested in their Central and Eastern<br />

European neighbors are staying with<br />

them. The good strategic news is<br />

that the European states, for all their<br />

internal debates and negotiations,<br />

have recognized their interdependence.<br />

Under stress, this time, Europe<br />

did not splinter.<br />

The European Central Bank played a<br />

decisive role under the able leadership<br />

of its president, Jean-Claude<br />

Trichet. The ECB walked a fine line<br />

in supporting the European financial<br />

system and even helping Europeans<br />

132 |<br />

outside the Eurozone, while assuring<br />

the Euro’s credibility. As a result,<br />

newer EU members outside the<br />

Eurozone may well strive to gain its<br />

security.<br />

Yet, amidst tighter economic times,<br />

the European Union must still face<br />

insecurities. Its energy vulnerability<br />

feeds worries, aggravating difficult<br />

relations with its neighbors to the<br />

east, especially Ukraine and Russia.<br />

The Balkans still smolder, and<br />

inattention to Bosnia could revive<br />

apprehensions about the EU’s ability<br />

to offer security, even on its own continent.<br />

The EU and Turkey have yet<br />

to cultivate a common view of their<br />

shared future. As its demographics<br />

age, Europe will also struggle with<br />

the integration of immigrants.<br />

South East Asia may also have been<br />

given a boost by the crisis – depending<br />

on how opportunities are seized.<br />

The region lies at a geographic<br />

crossroads between India and China,<br />

two rising powers. ASEAN seems<br />

to have recognized the moment,<br />

and has taken actions to deepen its<br />

integration even while reaching out<br />

to others.<br />

Given the sizeable weight of Indonesia<br />

and the rising influence of Vietnam,<br />

their sound performance amidst<br />

economic turmoil has stood in sharp<br />

contrast to a decade ago. But there<br />

remain questions of adjustments and


political transitions in countries such<br />

as Thailand and Malaysia. There is<br />

also a question of whether others<br />

will recognize the emerging ASEAN.<br />

China and India seem to be doing<br />

so – but will North America and the<br />

European Union?<br />

For others, the long-term impact of<br />

the crisis may depend upon commodities,<br />

especially oil prices, which,<br />

in recent years, gave high returns.<br />

When the oil price is at $100, these<br />

countries are strong. When it is at<br />

$30, most are in serious trouble. This<br />

reliance on oil and commodities is a<br />

precarious basis upon which to build<br />

an economy in a world that is struggling<br />

to reduce its reliance on fossil<br />

fuels, and in which commodity prices<br />

gyrate as investors move in and out<br />

of an “asset class.” Will countries use<br />

these returns wisely – to diversify<br />

and build broader-based economic<br />

development? These are the questions<br />

for Russia, countries in the Gulf,<br />

and some countries in Latin America<br />

and Africa.<br />

Understanding shifting power relations<br />

is fundamental for shaping the<br />

future – as the Bretton Woods’ delegates<br />

appreciated. The political basis<br />

for that system was forged through<br />

a shared experience in failed responsibility<br />

after World War I and a clear<br />

assessment of power after World<br />

War II. Change those power relations<br />

– and the nature of the markets that<br />

connect them – and the system looks<br />

out of touch. Let’s examine a few<br />

examples:<br />

Will the U.S. dollar remain the predominant<br />

reserve currency?<br />

The Bretton Woods currency system<br />

gave way in 1973 to floating rates,<br />

with the dollar as the world’s main<br />

reserve currency. For all the questions<br />

about the dollar’s reliability as a reserve<br />

currency, its value strengthened<br />

during the crisis as it offered investors<br />

a safe haven.<br />

The United States is incredibly<br />

fortunate that the dollar enjoys<br />

this special status. When I work<br />

with countries struggling to pay for<br />

budgets or finance trade deficits,<br />

I reflect on how Americans do not<br />

spend a moment considering the<br />

unique advantages of being able to<br />

issue bonds and print money freely.<br />

The histories of the Napoleonic wars<br />

tell of great campaigns and battles,<br />

but the ultimate victory of Britain<br />

and its coalition depended on the dry<br />

chapter about Pitt’s restoration of<br />

Britain’s credit.<br />

The United States would be mistaken<br />

to take for granted the dollar’s place<br />

as the world’s predominant reserve<br />

currency. Looking forward, there will<br />

increasingly be other options to the<br />

dollar.<br />

| 133


Supervision<br />

Given the ECB’s recent performance,<br />

there is every reason to believe that<br />

the Euro’s acceptability could grow.<br />

The influence of the Euro will depend<br />

in part upon the competitiveness of<br />

European Union countries in future<br />

years, and the depth and liquidity of<br />

its financial markets. Demographics<br />

and growth prospects will also<br />

matter. But Euro financing offers a<br />

respectable alternative if the dollar<br />

is weak.<br />

Moreover, China is moving toward<br />

gradual internationalization of its<br />

currency. China is making it easier<br />

for trading partners to do business<br />

in Renminbi – for example, through<br />

currency swaps. We are likely to<br />

see this shift in the world of investment<br />

as well: for the first time this<br />

month, China issued sovereign bonds<br />

in Renminbi to offshore investors.<br />

China recently announced that<br />

foreign companies will be able to list<br />

their stocks in China, a step toward<br />

making Shanghai an international<br />

financial center. As a major importer<br />

of commodities, one can imagine<br />

new benchmark indices established<br />

at Shanghai or other Chinese ports,<br />

eventually in Renminbi.<br />

Chinese leaders will be cautious. Most<br />

want to retain the control that comes<br />

from a closed capital account. Financial<br />

and banking markets are likely<br />

to continue to be subject to various<br />

tools of intervention and control.<br />

134 |<br />

Yet I expect China will be inevitably<br />

drawn outward. Over 10 to 20 years,<br />

the Renminbi will evolve into a force<br />

in financial markets.<br />

Countries and markets may also<br />

experiment with financings denominated<br />

in Special Drawing Rights –or<br />

SDRs― which reflect a portfolio of<br />

major currencies.<br />

Of course, the U.S. dollar is and will<br />

remain a major currency. But the<br />

Greenback’s fortunes will depend<br />

heavily on U.S. choices. Will the<br />

United States resolve its debt problems<br />

without a resort to inflation?<br />

Can America establish long-term<br />

discipline over spending and its budget<br />

deficit? Is the country restoring a<br />

healthy financial sector capacity for<br />

innovation, liquidity, and returns,<br />

without producing the same risk of<br />

big bubbles and institutional breakdown?<br />

The dollar’s value will also<br />

depend on the extent to which we<br />

see the return of a dynamic, innovative<br />

private sector economy.<br />

Power relations are being questioned<br />

within countries as well. Central<br />

Banks have played a huge role in this<br />

crisis.<br />

Will democratic governments permit<br />

independent central banks to assume<br />

even more authority?<br />

The U.S. Congress was surprised to<br />

learn of the scope of the Federal


Reserve’s authority to create funds,<br />

buy assets, devise global swap lines,<br />

and make transactions outside the<br />

usual process for expending public<br />

monies.<br />

The Congress has had an uneasy<br />

relationship with banks and bankers<br />

since Alexander Hamilton. It took<br />

the United States until 1913 to set up<br />

a central bank. The Federal Reserve<br />

earned its hard-won independence<br />

over years of effort.<br />

So it should not be a surprise that<br />

American democracy is hesitating<br />

about authorizing the Fed to supervise<br />

systemic banking risks as well as<br />

operate monetary policy, adding to<br />

its power.<br />

In the United Kingdom there is a<br />

debate about the roles of the Bank<br />

of England and the Financial Services<br />

Authority. Euro-zone countries<br />

face the issue, too, with the added<br />

complexity of multiple national<br />

supervisory authorities. It is a topic<br />

for rising developing countries with<br />

increasingly developed banking and<br />

financial markets as well.<br />

Central banks performed impressively<br />

once the full force of the crisis hit.<br />

But there are reasonable questions<br />

about how they handled the buildup,<br />

including asset price inflation and<br />

significant failures of supervision.<br />

We have yet to see whether Cen-<br />

tral Banks can handle the recovery<br />

without letting inflation get out of<br />

control.<br />

Stanley Fischer, Israel’s central bank<br />

governor and a former IMF deputy,<br />

makes a case for combining the tools<br />

of monetary policy and prudential<br />

standards supervision in the central<br />

bank, based on organizational effectiveness.<br />

Others suggest that one<br />

function will inevitably be treated as<br />

a poor cousin, or that one authority<br />

for both magnifies the risk of errors<br />

without a second opinion. Some even<br />

suggest a conflict of interest.<br />

This debate will reflect different<br />

political traditions and attitudes<br />

towards banks and central banks. In<br />

the United States, it will be difficult<br />

to vest the independent and powerful<br />

technocrats at the Federal Reserve<br />

with more authority. My reading of<br />

recent crisis management is that the<br />

Treasury Department needed greater<br />

authority to pull together a bevy of<br />

different regulators. Moreover, the<br />

Treasury is an Executive department,<br />

and therefore Congress and the public<br />

can more directly oversee how it<br />

uses any added authority.<br />

Another legacy of Bretton Woods is<br />

our global trading system.<br />

Is it keeping up with the demands of<br />

the global economy? The answer is<br />

an unequivocal “no.”<br />

| 135


Supervision<br />

Looking at the positive side, the<br />

cataclysmic experiences of economic<br />

isolationism of the 1930s have cautioned<br />

most government not to risk<br />

a sequel. So far, traditional trade<br />

protectionism has been a low-grade<br />

fever. But the temperature is rising.<br />

The political economy of trade is<br />

epitomized by the “bicycle theory”:<br />

Given the local pulls of protectionist<br />

producers in most countries, the only<br />

way to counter their gravitational<br />

force is by forging forward with a liberalizing<br />

trade agenda. The potential<br />

gains of opening markets can then<br />

help mobilize interests that will counter<br />

those clamoring for barriers.<br />

Today the pedals are hardly moving<br />

the Doha Round in the WTO. Moreover,<br />

with an agenda framed almost<br />

a decade ago, the Doha Round is fast<br />

falling behind the new challenges.<br />

We should get the Doha Round done<br />

promptly – and then look ahead.<br />

The Doha Round could cut, discipline,<br />

and even eliminate some agricultural<br />

subsidies that for years were left<br />

outside the rules-based trading system.<br />

It could modestly open markets<br />

for manufacturing and agricultural<br />

goods in developed and major developing<br />

economies. It could “bind”<br />

barriers of major developing countries<br />

at much lower levels, increasing<br />

the sense of mutual contributions<br />

and limiting the risks of big jumps in<br />

136 |<br />

tariffs. The Doha Round could also<br />

open service markets and cut developed<br />

country tariff peaks that limit<br />

basic manufacturing and value-added<br />

production in poorer countries. The<br />

Round could correct rules that have<br />

been bent to limit trade too freely.<br />

These are real gains and would demonstrate<br />

the capability of developed<br />

and major emerging economies to<br />

compromise to achieve a mutual and<br />

systemic interest.<br />

Once Doha is achieved, we need<br />

to move quickly to a new agenda.<br />

Regional integration is part of globalization,<br />

but we need rules that enable<br />

countries to capture the benefits<br />

of deeper and comprehensive liberalization<br />

with others while encouraging<br />

an open regionalism. The WTO<br />

needs to support the climate change<br />

agenda without recourse to new carbon<br />

tariffs. We need counters against<br />

the financial and subsidy protectionism<br />

that arose out of the crisis. We<br />

need lower barriers to South-South<br />

trade. The services trade must be<br />

expanded to match the opportunities<br />

for development and growth. We<br />

need more help for the poorest countries<br />

that have been less able to seize<br />

growth opportunities from trade.<br />

The new agenda needs to build on<br />

early efforts by WTO’s Director General,<br />

Pascal Lamy, supported by the<br />

World Bank Group, to link trade facilitation<br />

to aid for trade. To capital-


ize on lower barriers to trade, poorer<br />

countries need: regional integration<br />

to build bigger markets and access<br />

for land-locked countries; energy;<br />

infrastructure; logistics systems; ready<br />

access to trade finance; assistance<br />

with standards; and streamlined<br />

customs and border procedures. It<br />

used to take two days for trucks to<br />

clear the border between Kenya and<br />

Uganda. Today, a one-stop border<br />

post that the World Bank helped<br />

establish has cut down the transfer<br />

time to two hours or less.<br />

The Bretton Woods system was<br />

forged by 44 countries at a time that<br />

power was concentrated in a small<br />

number of states. The great waves of<br />

decolonization were just stirring; the<br />

few developing countries were seen<br />

as objects, not subjects, of history.<br />

That world is long passed. The new<br />

realities of political economy demand<br />

a different system.<br />

What will be the role of developing<br />

countries after the crisis?<br />

The crisis has underscored the growing<br />

importance of the large emerging<br />

economies, especially China and<br />

India, but others as well. In effect,<br />

the world economy is being “rebalanced”<br />

toward the relative shares of<br />

some two hundred years ago, before<br />

the industrial revolution, plus a new<br />

North America.<br />

The rising developing economies<br />

should play a key role in the recovery.<br />

Most forecasters expect demand<br />

to be tepid, with a pullback by the<br />

U.S. consumer. Many developing<br />

countries could expand demand if<br />

they can get access to financing.<br />

They have fiscal space to borrow, but<br />

cannot get the volumes they need at<br />

reasonable prices without crowding<br />

out their private sectors. Moreover,<br />

the middle income countries are<br />

home to 70 percent of the world’s<br />

extreme poor. The World Bank Group<br />

and the regional development banks<br />

can assist.<br />

Looking beyond, a more balanced<br />

and inclusive growth model for the<br />

world would benefit from multiple<br />

poles of growth. With investments<br />

in infrastructure, people, and private<br />

businesses, countries in Latin America,<br />

Asia, and the broader Middle East<br />

could contribute to a “New Normal”<br />

for the world economy.<br />

Over time, Africa can also become a<br />

pole of growth. The messages I hear<br />

in most African countries are the<br />

same: Africans want energy, infrastructure,<br />

more productive agriculture,<br />

a dynamic private sector, and<br />

regionally integrated markets linked<br />

to open trade. It is a message one<br />

might have heard in a devastated<br />

Europe 60 years ago.<br />

| 137


Supervision<br />

Prior to the crisis, the growth rates<br />

of a number of African countries<br />

were achieving impressive levels with<br />

consistency. Coming out of the crisis,<br />

there could be a new opportunity.<br />

Some Chinese manufacturing firms,<br />

with government support, are considering<br />

shifting their basic production<br />

to Africa. The World Bank Group is<br />

working with China to explore the<br />

development of new industrial zones<br />

that match infrastructure, energy,<br />

and training with these ventures.<br />

China’s African prospects – which<br />

include resource development and infrastructure<br />

– are likely to be complemented<br />

by others. Brazil is interested<br />

in sharing its agricultural development<br />

experience. India is building<br />

railways. These are the early days of a<br />

trend that will build.<br />

The World Bank Group can offer<br />

a counterweight to financial and<br />

trade protectionism by supporting<br />

this development globally: We have<br />

launched a new Asset Management<br />

Corporation, through IFC, our private<br />

sector arm, to invest in banks, equity,<br />

infrastructure, and debt restructuring.<br />

We have a parallel effort to support<br />

and invest in the development<br />

of local currency bond markets. Longer<br />

term investors –such as sovereign<br />

and pension funds―now recognize<br />

that developed markets pose risks,<br />

too, and developing markets can offer<br />

good growth prospects.<br />

138 |<br />

Conclusion<br />

Coming out of this crisis, we have an<br />

opportunity to reshape our policies,<br />

architecture, and institutions. We<br />

have an opportunity to craft a new<br />

global system for a 21st Century of<br />

“Responsible Globalization” – one<br />

that would encourage balanced<br />

global growth and financial stability,<br />

embrace global efforts to counter<br />

climate change, and advance opportunity<br />

for the poorest. It means<br />

expanding the benefits of open markets<br />

and trade, investments, competition,<br />

innovation, entrepreneurialism,<br />

growth, information – and debates<br />

on ideas. It must be a globalization<br />

that is both inclusive and sustainable<br />

– expanding opportunity with care<br />

for the environment. Yet it won’t<br />

happen by itself.<br />

At the G-20 Summit in London in<br />

April, leaders stared into an economic<br />

abyss. The danger today is<br />

not freefall, but complacency. As the<br />

crisis wanes, it will be harder to press<br />

countries to cooperate in “building<br />

back better.” Peer review of a new<br />

Framework for Strong, Sustainable<br />

and Balanced Growth agreed at last<br />

week’s G-20 Summit is a good start,<br />

but it will require a new level of<br />

international cooperation and coordination,<br />

including a new willingness<br />

to take the findings of global<br />

monitoring seriously. Peer review will<br />

need to be peer pressure.


Climate change poses as early test. A<br />

key task at Copenhagen in December<br />

was to create incentives for developing<br />

countries to participate in low<br />

carbon growth. The decision-makers<br />

will need to frame an ongoing process<br />

that cuts greenhouse gases while<br />

encouraging technological change,<br />

adaptation, and growth.<br />

We need a system of international<br />

political economy that reflects a new<br />

multipolarity of growth. It needs to<br />

integrate rising economic powers<br />

as “responsible stakeholders” while<br />

recognizing that these countries are<br />

still home to hundreds of millions of<br />

poor and face staggering challenges<br />

of development. It needs to engage<br />

the energies and support of developed<br />

countries, whose publics feel<br />

the heavy burdens of debt, competitive<br />

anxieties, and feel that the new<br />

powers must share responsibilities.<br />

It needs to help offer a hand to<br />

the poorest and weakest countries,<br />

the 1.6 billion people who still live<br />

without electricity, and the “Bottom<br />

Billion” trapped in poverty because<br />

of conflict and broken governance.<br />

Global finance and currencies. The<br />

trading system. Inclusive and sustainable<br />

development. Climate change.<br />

States struggling with fragility and<br />

conflicts. And a host of other security<br />

issues. Each topic is important on its<br />

own. But each interconnects with the<br />

others.<br />

The countries of the world will never<br />

deal effectively with this agenda<br />

unless they cooperate. The economic<br />

multilateralism of another age does<br />

not reflect today’s realities. We need<br />

to modernize Multilateralism and<br />

Markets.<br />

As agreed in Pittsburgh, the G-20<br />

should become the premier forum<br />

for international economic cooperation<br />

among the advanced industrialized<br />

countries and rising powers. But<br />

it cannot be a stand-alone committee.<br />

Nor can it ignore the voices of<br />

the over 160 countries left outside.<br />

The G-20 should operate as a “Steering<br />

Group” across a network of countries<br />

and international institutions. It<br />

could recognize the interconnections<br />

among issues and foster points of<br />

mutual interest. This system cannot<br />

be hierarchical, and it should not be<br />

bureaucratic. If given a push, the topics<br />

could be pursued through other<br />

negotiating groups, international<br />

regimes, or global and regional institutions.<br />

The IMF, World Bank Group,<br />

WTO, Financial Stability Board, and<br />

UN bodies could alert countries to issues,<br />

provide analyses, build cooperative<br />

solutions, and help execute the<br />

policies.<br />

To be effective and strengthen their<br />

legitimacy, the international institutions<br />

must also evolve. Their voting<br />

shares should reflect the weights<br />

| 139


Supervision<br />

140 |<br />

and new responsibilities of emerging<br />

powers, while assuring a voice for<br />

the poor. They need the transparency<br />

and agility to work within networks<br />

of private businesses, foundations,<br />

and civil societies, as well as with one<br />

another.<br />

The old international economic<br />

order was struggling to keep up with<br />

change before the crisis. Today’s<br />

upheaval has revealed the stark gaps<br />

and compelling needs. It is time we<br />

caught up and moved ahead.<br />

The question is whether leaders can<br />

cooperate in steering the changes.<br />

They will be drawn to the interests of<br />

the national publics they represent,<br />

as they should. Yet they also will be<br />

challenged to recognize and build<br />

common interests, not only case-bycase,<br />

but through institutions reflecting<br />

a “Responsible Globalization.”<br />

Bretton Woods is being overhauled<br />

before our eyes. This time, it will<br />

take longer than three weeks in New<br />

Hampshire. It will have more participants.<br />

But it is just as necessary. The<br />

next upheaval, whatever it may be,<br />

is taking form now. Shape it or be<br />

shaped by it.<br />

With thanks to SAIC for the text.


5. Communication:<br />

The Finance Sector Needs a New Media Strategy<br />

5.1. The End of Financial Market Communication<br />

Dominance<br />

By Richard Gaul<br />

The crisis in the world economy will<br />

also bring to a close a chapter in business<br />

communication: the chapter of<br />

the dominance of financial market<br />

communication. The focus on, and<br />

often even reduction of, business<br />

reporting to purely financial figures<br />

has proven to have been a step in<br />

the wrong direction. Business cannot<br />

only be described by means of balance<br />

sheet figures and percentage<br />

calculations.<br />

A company, or a national economy,<br />

consists of much more than can be<br />

described on a balance sheet – not<br />

to mention by a market rate or a<br />

gross national product ranking. The<br />

overwhelming majority of employees<br />

in industry and the service sector do<br />

not only strive for increased revenues<br />

or better share prices: they looked,<br />

and still look, for much more in their<br />

workplace – identity and values, selffulfilment<br />

and success which cannot<br />

be captured and summarised only in<br />

figures.<br />

In order to be able to change course<br />

and steer in the right direction, there<br />

must first of all be clarity regarding<br />

the markers which for the last thirty<br />

years have caused correspondents to<br />

be ever further misled.<br />

Firstly, there is the ever growing<br />

number of stock exchange rules<br />

and legislation developed from<br />

honest and good intentions. The<br />

overly close proximity of American<br />

regulations for trading on the stock<br />

exchanges in Europe (Germany for<br />

instance includes in its legal texts a<br />

Financial Market Development Act<br />

(Finanzmarktförderungsgesetz) and<br />

an Investor Protection Improvement<br />

Act (Anlegerschutzverbesserungsgesetz))<br />

gave the deceptive illusion<br />

that, with an abundance of numbers,<br />

even the truth of the position of a<br />

company could be made public. The<br />

US stock exchange supervisory body,<br />

the SEC, did its bit and gave the public<br />

the impression that all the listed<br />

companies in the US were very precisely<br />

audited. Compulsory quarterly<br />

reports, which in some cases even<br />

turned into outright quarterly financial<br />

statements, forced companies to<br />

painstakingly produce a plethora of<br />

lists of long columns of figures every<br />

quarter – thus also forcing management<br />

to an ongoing preoccupation<br />

with numbers rather than focussing<br />

| 141


Communication<br />

on setting strategic goals for their<br />

company.<br />

These quarterly reports were, in turn,<br />

welcome material for hundreds of<br />

analysts and journalists for producing<br />

clever analyses of the state of a<br />

company. However, with this almost<br />

exclusive focus on these figures the<br />

actual situation and position of the<br />

company was lost sight of.<br />

Some ten years ago the new market<br />

gave cause for also inculcating this<br />

faith in numbers in a wide spectrum<br />

of the public: the mass media and<br />

television also discovered the stock<br />

markets as an arena for their reporting.<br />

The criteria for judgements became<br />

simpler by the day: a plus sign<br />

became proof of success – a minus<br />

sign documented failure.<br />

This tremendous simplification,<br />

however, unfortunately remains par<br />

for the course in many media today<br />

– add “still” for a sense of optimism:<br />

business reporting on television still<br />

takes place almost exclusively from<br />

the trading floors; “Börse im Ersten“<br />

(a German television programme<br />

reporting on the stock market) is in<br />

Germany often still the only news<br />

format in which business is actually<br />

reported on at all during prime time;<br />

analysts are still often called to the<br />

witness stand, without their own<br />

research or even any own expertise,<br />

again backing up their opinions with<br />

142 |<br />

numbers games; the moderators of<br />

the morning news radio broadcasts<br />

still call analysts from various banks<br />

by phone, including the small-town<br />

local Sparkasse, to discuss almost all<br />

business-related topics – instead of<br />

making their own judgements.<br />

And even politics has largely given<br />

itself over to these rules of the game:<br />

expert discussions with “business“ are<br />

only portrayed effectively in the media<br />

if the largest possible number of<br />

the largest publicly listed companies<br />

participate with their top managers<br />

– chairpersons of the Board have<br />

from time to time become business<br />

celebrities. And then, for instance,<br />

rumours of some minister would be<br />

discussed with the personnel directors<br />

of blue chip companies. At the<br />

same time, for instance in Germany,<br />

the vast majority of employees are<br />

not employed by these companies<br />

– this hugely important role played<br />

by German medium-sized companies<br />

is only pointed to for other companies<br />

– with far less media impact.<br />

The ratings agencies then also gave<br />

their blessings to these number<br />

crunchers – these stamps of approval<br />

feigned a neutrality and respectability<br />

they never had before.<br />

This fascination with figures reached<br />

its high point with the worldwide<br />

acceptance of the new accounting<br />

regulations. In the good old days of<br />

the German Commercial Code (HGB


– Handelsgesetzbuch) assets had to<br />

be recognised on the balance sheet<br />

at their acquisition cost. The rise or<br />

fall of portfolio share prices was only<br />

moderately reflected on the balance<br />

sheets of, for instance, banks after a<br />

considerable delay. With the conversion<br />

to the international accounting<br />

standards a few years ago (now: “International<br />

Financial Reporting Standards<br />

– IFRS“) these amounts must<br />

now be stated at the closing rate.<br />

This can, as has often happened in<br />

the past, lead to enormous accounting<br />

profits – and today this leads to<br />

gigantic accounting losses.<br />

This change in accounting regulations<br />

– which, incidentally, was<br />

politically desired – is also one of the<br />

reasons for the markedly over-proportional<br />

increase in the emoluments<br />

of managers at listed public companies:<br />

many Board members’ contracts<br />

included clauses for the calculation<br />

of bonuses based on the profits that<br />

companies made. This was already<br />

prevalent in the times of accounting<br />

in accordance with the German<br />

Commercial Code. Due to the new<br />

accounting regulations these profits<br />

also increased substantially in recent<br />

years – and with it the so-called<br />

management salaries. The profits of<br />

Porsche, for example, which in the<br />

prior financial year notched up more<br />

than six billion euros in its portfolio<br />

due to the valuation of Volkswagen<br />

shares would, according to the old<br />

HGB method of accounting, only<br />

have reached – nevertheless a very<br />

respectable – one billion; the annual<br />

income of the six-person Porsche<br />

Board would then have only been<br />

a fraction of the then published 112<br />

million euros.<br />

Left out entirely was the reality of<br />

the business and of the companies<br />

due to the further reduction to share<br />

prices by the already misleading<br />

number crunching. The successes or<br />

woes of a company, when evaluated<br />

by public opinion, were almost<br />

only decided by the valuation on the<br />

stock exchange. Other criteria such<br />

as sustainable product strategies,<br />

high-performing staff complements,<br />

competitive locations or bold investment<br />

policies did not appear to play<br />

any role in these judgements.<br />

In the process it is of course undisputed<br />

that the price of a particular<br />

share would also be a criterion for<br />

evaluating a company – but only as<br />

ONE criterion and not the only one<br />

and sometimes, maybe not even the<br />

most important criterion in a particular<br />

period.<br />

But there are now more and more<br />

signs indicating that a paradigm shift<br />

in business reporting is imminent.<br />

The debate around “new values”,<br />

which, in very many cases, is actually<br />

only about a return to the old values<br />

and traditions, points the new way<br />

ahead. Forward-looking business<br />

| 143


Communication<br />

144 |<br />

leaders are taking part in this debate<br />

and driving it forward.<br />

The realities of business will therefore,<br />

in the future, have a greater<br />

chance of also being brought to a<br />

broad spectrum of the public. An<br />

understanding of business and companies<br />

will then be able to develop,<br />

although it will not silence the<br />

criticisms of bad corporate decisionmaking.<br />

But it will make it more<br />

objective.<br />

This process is only just starting now<br />

– but the commentaries from the<br />

trading floors on radio and on television<br />

already now sometimes feel as<br />

if they hail from another, long past<br />

age.


5.2. Let’s Have a Dream: Media Becoming<br />

Triggers!<br />

Interview with Michel Ogrizek<br />

1) As Risk-Expert: with which other<br />

crisis would you compare the <strong>Trust</strong><br />

<strong>Meltdown</strong> for the finance sector?<br />

Structurally, this crisis could be compared<br />

to other ‚domino-effect crises‘.<br />

The reference in this domain is the<br />

Vietnam war. Ideological approach<br />

combined with massive injection of<br />

money and means do not dry up the<br />

genuine source of such crises. This<br />

is indeed like searching for a peace<br />

deal, the only way to manage and<br />

find an end to the present financial<br />

crisis is political. Having said that, THE<br />

question mark remains: will the global<br />

decision makers be courageous<br />

enough to assume their leadership<br />

role? If not, the trust meltdown for<br />

the finance sector will increase and<br />

the public opinion will put the blame<br />

on governments – they are taking the<br />

risk not to be re-elected.<br />

2) What have been the major mistakes?<br />

The major mistake done by the<br />

economists has been to believe that<br />

‘making money with money’ represents<br />

a progress for the development<br />

of capitalism, because logically<br />

responsive to the globalization. The<br />

politicians have made the mistake<br />

to accept two fundamental conse-<br />

quences of the genetically modified<br />

democratic system called ‚liberalism‘:<br />

1. the confusion between ‚profit‘ and<br />

‚value‘ when evaluating sustainable<br />

growth of wealth on the market and<br />

in society 2. the growing dissociation<br />

between a real world rooted in tangible<br />

economic assets and a virtual<br />

world that over promotes, sells and<br />

buys intangible assets – this gap has<br />

been widen by the greed of key players<br />

such as global investment banks<br />

and by the lack of sound financial<br />

knowledge amongst political leaders.<br />

Furthermore, it has been accelerated<br />

by internet communications.<br />

You could compare all this process as<br />

the stall of an aircraft, which always<br />

occurs when the full engine power<br />

can‘t compensate anymore a too fast<br />

reach of a high altitude, worsen here<br />

by two additional factors: dirts in the<br />

fuel and traders as co-pilots.<br />

3) Listening to some of the CEO’s in<br />

charge they claim it was unpredictable.<br />

Would you agree?<br />

In the 20 th century, no expert – even<br />

the best Kremlinologists – anticipated<br />

the Perestroika and the fall of<br />

the Berlin Wall! The problem with<br />

experts is that they are often judges<br />

and parties. Being part of the system<br />

| 145


Communication<br />

and living from it, they can’t afford<br />

to think and act outside the box. Today,<br />

who is in charge of solving the<br />

financial crisis? The ‘usual suspects’…<br />

4) You have served some time at an<br />

investment bank: can you identify<br />

communication patterns leading to<br />

these mistakes?<br />

The financial services’ culture is<br />

founded on an apartheid system:<br />

segregation between the bankers<br />

who are controlling the business on<br />

earth, and workers who belong to<br />

the so-called ‘back office’ situated<br />

underground. Ethical Compliance and<br />

Corporate Communications are in<br />

fact relegated to the back-office. This<br />

means that internally, the top bankers<br />

have always the last say. Most<br />

of the leaders in the financial sector<br />

have not yet fully understood they<br />

can’t anymore make deals on the<br />

market, without being accepted by<br />

the society. They are taking a huge<br />

risk: losing their ‘license to operate’.<br />

5) How and where would you start<br />

the changing process?<br />

New regulations, fines and taxes will<br />

not change profoundly the rules of<br />

the game. We are facing more than<br />

a mindset or a moral issue in Wall<br />

Street or Broadgate, but a global cultural<br />

disease. Here, don’t misunderstand<br />

my remark. I am not stigmatizing<br />

the Anglo-Saxon culture and I am<br />

not saying this is indeed at the origin<br />

of the financial crisis. No. Neverthe-<br />

146 |<br />

less, I strongly believe that only deep<br />

epistemological ruptures will be able<br />

to change the global financial game.<br />

Some external forces are already in<br />

action.<br />

Let me sum up in a few words. Today,<br />

„In God we trust“ is the tagline<br />

on every US Dollar bills. According to<br />

Max Weber, capitalism has been built<br />

on Protestant values and networks. If<br />

you consider the demographic evolution<br />

in the USA, it is obvious that the<br />

Hispanic population is growing at<br />

fast rate and will reach a threshold of<br />

political and business influence in less<br />

than 20 years. Hispanic population is<br />

mostly Catholic. This will generate a<br />

lot of political changes on how public<br />

and private finances should be used,<br />

especially in the area of Health and<br />

Social Assistance. At the same time,<br />

World will become more global and<br />

increasingly the USA and the Western<br />

World will become the financial<br />

and economic hostage of Mainland<br />

China. In the Chinese society, Confucianism<br />

is rising from its ashes with<br />

the benediction of the Authorities.<br />

Confucianism values offer new business<br />

opportunities for the Financial<br />

Sector, in particular in long term<br />

and secured investments such as Life<br />

Insurance and Private Equity for the<br />

benefit of families and descendants.<br />

More important, it will change the<br />

way money is managed as a strategic<br />

political weapon. What will be then<br />

the margins of maneuver of Central


and Private Banks to negotiate? Nobody<br />

knows at this stage – probably<br />

little. On the other hand, there is a<br />

strong cultural pattern of ‘gambling’<br />

in China – this might induce new<br />

uncertainties on stock markets.<br />

6) What needs to be changed within<br />

the relationship Board-Communication<br />

Department?<br />

Every leader will tell you that communications<br />

are of paramount importance<br />

in our World! And when you<br />

look at Boards level, no communications<br />

expert has a seat. Is this a question<br />

of lack of knowledge in financial<br />

matters? I guess ‘not’. Otherwise,<br />

how to explain the presence of an<br />

Admiral on the late Lehman Brothers’<br />

board? Heads of Communications<br />

should be permanent member of Executive<br />

Committees and well-known<br />

Communications Experts should join<br />

the Boards – this will avoid a lot of<br />

mistakes in communicating and a<br />

lot of pitfalls in managing corporate<br />

reputation.<br />

7) What needs to be changed within<br />

the relationship to the Media themselves?<br />

The financial crisis has confirmed that<br />

media are ‘followers’. Let’s have a<br />

dream: media becoming triggers!<br />

8) While following the crisis: do you<br />

feel informed?<br />

All depends on which channels you<br />

are using for getting the news. In the<br />

US, a recent study has shown that<br />

the so called traditional media are<br />

still the main source of information<br />

– and that new media are indeed<br />

mostly ‘brokers’. Here, let’s meditate<br />

the famous quote of Lao-Tzu: „He,<br />

who knows, does not speak. He, who<br />

speaks, does not know“. This is particularly<br />

true in the financial sector!<br />

9) What type of information should<br />

get more space in future helping you<br />

to build your own opinion?<br />

If somebody would be able to establish<br />

a fair correlation between core<br />

media information and financial<br />

markets’ trends, I would read the<br />

media very differently! In the mean<br />

time, let’s enjoy the ‘life style’ pages<br />

and the FT supplement “How to<br />

spend it“!<br />

10) How do you see the options for<br />

the banking industry to regain trust?<br />

I am afraid this is a hopeless challenge<br />

for the coming ten years, at<br />

least – and even furthermore, so<br />

long bankers don’t accept the basic<br />

idea that they are also members of a<br />

society and not necessarily the masters<br />

of the universe. To be respected<br />

and trusted by billions of Mrs. and<br />

Mr. Nobody, they should shift from<br />

glorious egocentric Philanthropy to<br />

everyday Corporate Social Responsibility...<br />

To end this interview, let me tell you<br />

here a great story, which is reported<br />

| 147


Communication<br />

148 |<br />

by Joseph Klatzmann in his book<br />

“The Jewish Humour“: A man asks<br />

a rabbi why the rich persons are so<br />

egoistic and greedy. “Look through<br />

the window. What do you see?“<br />

requests the rabbi. “I see people<br />

who pass in the street.“ “Take this<br />

mirror now. What do you see?” “I see<br />

myself“. “The window and the mirror<br />

are made of the same glass. However,<br />

it is enough to give a silvery sheen<br />

to the glass and one sees nothing any<br />

more, but oneself”, concludes the<br />

rabbi.


<strong>Trust</strong> and Credulity, Sin and Suspicion<br />

6. <strong>Trust</strong> and Credulity, Sin and Suspicion:<br />

Must the Crisis of <strong>Trust</strong> lead to a Society<br />

of Suspicion?<br />

By Canon Alistair Macdonald-Radcliff<br />

“Doing God’s work” is an arresting<br />

way for one of the world’s leading<br />

bankers to describe his activities to<br />

The Times of London in an interview<br />

in November 2009. Certainly, it must<br />

be allowed that if such is his work<br />

there is no business like God’s business,<br />

since, for Mr. Lloyd Blankfein,<br />

Chairman and CEO of Goldman Sachs<br />

the last year has been especially<br />

profitable, despite the wider context<br />

of calamity. But all these new banking<br />

profits have happened at a time<br />

when trust in bankers has hit an alltime<br />

low and they are widely blamed<br />

for even precipitating the global<br />

financial crisis.<br />

Yet in their recent evidence to the<br />

Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission in<br />

Washington, the heads of JP Morgan,<br />

Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley and<br />

the Bank of America would have<br />

none of this. In the words of The<br />

Guardian commentator, Dan Roberts<br />

“The script has definitely gone<br />

around: blame everyone else and<br />

talk up your own bank.” Thus it was<br />

that they variously blamed “lack of<br />

regulation, lack of oversight in the<br />

mortgage market, pro-cyclical bank-<br />

ing rules, macro economic factors,<br />

underlying weaknesses, trade imbalances<br />

etc. Everything, in fact, except<br />

the behaviour of highly-incentivised<br />

Wall Street bankers.”<br />

Perhaps the theologically minded<br />

Mr. Blankfein had in mind a previous<br />

script, where Adam blamed Eve and<br />

Eve blamed the serpent for causing<br />

them to eat of the forbidden fruit. If<br />

so, however, he should have remembered<br />

too that it was upon eating<br />

that fruit that Adam and Eve realized<br />

that they had no clothes and were<br />

soon to face an altogether harsher<br />

climate and exclusion from the previously<br />

effortless abundance of their<br />

garden of Eden.<br />

Certainly it is clear that for the banks<br />

and other leading financial institutions<br />

merely to say that “the past is<br />

the past, we are basically good and<br />

you should trust us” will not suffice.<br />

But it is important too to recognize<br />

that thinking about how to negotiate<br />

the challenges more successfully<br />

in ways that can both be practically<br />

applied and bring about sustainable<br />

improved performance is far from<br />

| 149


<strong>Trust</strong> and Credulity, Sin and Suspicion<br />

easy given the prevailing cultural terrain.<br />

Nonetheless, it is possible to be<br />

clear about the following needs:<br />

• errors and wrongs need to be identified<br />

and acknowledged;<br />

• corrective steps need to be taken in<br />

terms of regulation and oversight;<br />

• to prevent a culture of concealment<br />

procedures that allow for<br />

rehabilitation and recovery must be<br />

put in place also;<br />

• attention must be paid to those<br />

most harmed by past errors.<br />

But before these steps can begin and<br />

as fingers start to point, we might all<br />

do well to remember the words addressed<br />

to the Galatians (6, 1) “Brothers,<br />

if someone is caught in a sin, you<br />

who are spiritual should restore him<br />

gently. But watch yourself, or you<br />

also may be tempted.”<br />

The word “sin” may be a good point<br />

from which to start even if it is<br />

nowadays almost shocking because<br />

it is so unfamiliar. Indeed, the only<br />

time it is at all commonly encountered<br />

is when people say it might<br />

be sinful when they begin to eat a<br />

dessert. Yet the concepts of greed,<br />

dishonesty and even theft are hardy<br />

perennials since the time of Eden and<br />

they clearly need to be considered<br />

amidst the present woes, since a key<br />

step required before reform can be<br />

accomplished I Nonetheless, it must<br />

be conceded that the prevailing cul-<br />

150 |<br />

ture certainly does confront us with<br />

a fascinating assortment of tensive<br />

tendencies if not downright contradictions<br />

within which to work.<br />

Western culture, in particular, seems<br />

to pride itself on being ever more<br />

widely permissive, on the one hand,<br />

while on the other, it is ever less<br />

forgiving, to the point that some<br />

have suggested that it “permits<br />

everything but forgives nothing”. It<br />

should be no surprise therefore that<br />

it is being “found out” that often<br />

seems to be the greater error, not<br />

what was done before hand. To<br />

counterbalance this, we seem intent<br />

on devising ever more relentless and<br />

intrusive means of achieving “transparency”<br />

and accountability. Quite<br />

literally at airports, the new scanning<br />

technology can see through even our<br />

clothing, and in some countries, like<br />

Britain, there is at least one security<br />

camera for every eight citizens. On<br />

another level, it will soon be impossible<br />

to do anything and still less to<br />

write it without it being for ever<br />

potentially available for later public<br />

recall. Anyone who demurs in the<br />

name of the fast dying concept of<br />

privacy has to answer the immediate<br />

repost of “what is it that you would<br />

like to hide?” Yet, in fact increased<br />

surveillance lowers the level of trust,<br />

and increases suspicion. Instead of<br />

ever greater knowledge supporting<br />

greater confidence, we find that it is<br />

fear and doubt that are on the rise


as the abundant data and statistics<br />

provided in this volume attest.<br />

In the midst of all this, the media responds<br />

to a rapacious public demand<br />

for the exposé, knowing well the entertainment<br />

value of laying bare the<br />

duplicities and failings of institutions<br />

and public figures. This reflects our<br />

frank enjoyment of a good scandal<br />

and our schadenfreude at the fall of<br />

the mighty. But behind this there is<br />

too an implicit but growing presumption<br />

that the ultimate sin is hypocrisy.<br />

This has a dark side, for while it is<br />

true that wrongdoing is compounded<br />

by concealment, the cover-up should<br />

not normally be seen as the real<br />

crime. If hypocrisy is indeed the tribute<br />

that vice pays to virtue it should<br />

not be allowed to distract from<br />

deeper error. An overemphasis upon<br />

hypocrisy can be used with ratchetlike<br />

effect to erode overall standards<br />

of behaviour on the basis that rather<br />

than have people uphold a principle<br />

– which they sometimes find it hard<br />

not to break – it is better to abandon<br />

the principle itself, since then there<br />

will be no hypocrisy. To let a principle<br />

fall simply because people tend to<br />

break it from time to time is merely<br />

to leave the boundaries of what is<br />

permitted forever expanding and<br />

undefined.<br />

To add to all the confusion, the very<br />

language of “right” and “wrong”,<br />

“true” and “false” is now itself<br />

widely avoided. There seems to be a<br />

feeling (naturally) that such language<br />

is somehow out of place. People<br />

speak instead of being “uncomfortable”<br />

about what they actually think<br />

is wrong. It is surely no accident that<br />

we find ourselves using the language<br />

of comfort instead of the harder<br />

one of “right and wrong”, “true<br />

and false”, for it reflects not merely<br />

a “comfort driven society” but an<br />

ultimately philosophical doubt that<br />

we can set out a basis, which we can<br />

actually justify, for the good and the<br />

true any more than the beautiful.<br />

We seem unsure that we have access<br />

to the way things are independent<br />

of our thought about them and thus<br />

imagine that perhaps all we are<br />

left with is ultimately emotion and<br />

preference. If all art is of equal merit<br />

why shouldn’t all actions be of equal<br />

value too, aside from our responses<br />

to them? And if that is the case, then<br />

there can indeed be no crime, as<br />

such, beyond that of getting caught.<br />

In sum, we apparently think that<br />

we are basically good and are yet<br />

ever more condemnatory of error<br />

and strident about hypocrisy while<br />

demanding ever more elaborate<br />

processes to achieve transparency.<br />

But at the same time, we are not sure<br />

there are many, or even any, ultimate<br />

boundaries to conduct which we can<br />

warrant beyond the levels of mere<br />

pragmatism and preference.<br />

| 151


<strong>Trust</strong> and Credulity, Sin and Suspicion<br />

Yet, despite all this, there are two<br />

happy thoughts to which we seem<br />

to cling with surprising conviction.<br />

The first is that, through it all, we are<br />

making progress. Not that people<br />

would suggest by this some sort of<br />

“excessive” optimism, we may be<br />

sure, along the lines of believing<br />

that “every day in every way we are<br />

getting and better” but, nonetheless,<br />

there seems to be a certain quietly<br />

held and cosy presumption that the<br />

continuity of progress is a given part<br />

of how the world is. And then, in<br />

the second place, there is the further<br />

gratifying if surprising presumption<br />

that we apportion our beliefs to the<br />

evidence we have considered.<br />

On reflection it ought to be a matter<br />

for surprise that we have supposed<br />

we could hold all these ideas together<br />

without signs of tension. After<br />

all, one might have thought that the<br />

evidence around us and the course of<br />

human history – upon even a cursory<br />

examination― might have given<br />

grounds for hesitation. But hitherto,<br />

it would appear that consistency was<br />

indeed but the “hobgoblin of small<br />

minds” and that we have been happy<br />

to rest content and journey on upon<br />

our way. At least until now, when it<br />

seems we are having a collective and<br />

corporate crise de foi as we finally<br />

see that we have a problem. All this<br />

is crystalised in our present crisis of<br />

trust precipitated by the financial<br />

crash. Such is the magnitude of the<br />

152 |<br />

crisis that in an act of true desperation<br />

there are sudden calls for “values”<br />

and even for religion to supply<br />

anew these apparently forgotten<br />

things !<br />

Needless to say, none of this is in fact<br />

very new. The novelty lies merely in<br />

the context and the particulars of the<br />

precipitating crisis. As long ago as the<br />

fourth century BC we were presented<br />

with a relevant image by Glaucon<br />

the brother of Plato who tells not<br />

of a banker at that time but instead<br />

of the shepherd Gyges who found<br />

a gold ring which had the ability to<br />

make him invisible when placed on<br />

his finger. On realising the ring’s<br />

power, Gyges used it to seduce the<br />

queen, murder the king, and take the<br />

throne.<br />

Glaucon took this to illustrate his<br />

contention that however law-abiding<br />

and good we may appear, we would<br />

all do as Gyges did, albeit in probably<br />

a less dramatic fashion, to serve our<br />

self-interest, if we could avoid detection<br />

and punishment. And, Glaucon<br />

went on to make the even more dramatic<br />

claim, that we would be right<br />

to do so, since each human being’s<br />

only interest is their own self-interest,<br />

and we have no interest in justice<br />

and morality for their own sakes.<br />

Surely, this is the nub of the present<br />

matter. For why should we ever trust<br />

others if we think that only the fear


of detection and punishment is preventing<br />

them from harming, stealing<br />

from and betraying us? A constant<br />

quest to ensure detection and punishment,<br />

while proper and necessary,<br />

will in the end fail if that is all that<br />

we do. It will never warrant real trust<br />

and will leave us on an endless and<br />

ultimately fruitless quest. Just as in<br />

the case of airport security, if all the<br />

focus moves to finding the bomb and<br />

not the bomber and, even more important,<br />

what it is that is making the<br />

bomber want to explode the bomb,<br />

true security will never be the result.<br />

Such a perspective risks creating a<br />

wider economy of fear, for when<br />

we doubt that others have enough<br />

such fear, we are likely to think that<br />

we should be prepared to pre-empt<br />

their attacks with our own. But<br />

then, since they can anticipate that<br />

we will be prepared to do this, they<br />

should logically be expected to take<br />

measures to resist and overcome our<br />

attacks. The predictable result will be<br />

a downward spiral, that can only end<br />

with the triumph of the most ruthless<br />

and brutal. In such a context, life may<br />

well come to fulfill the Hobbesian<br />

picture of being “nasty, brutish and<br />

short”.<br />

But merely because such a perspective<br />

is sad and disagreeable does not<br />

in any way refute it or show it to be<br />

wrong. We must deal with the world<br />

as it is and not as we might wish it<br />

to be, since mere recourse to some<br />

fantasy is unlikely to be sustainable.<br />

For this reason we have good cause<br />

to be highly suspicious of the mere<br />

instrumental invocation of religion<br />

as though it were some last straw at<br />

which to clutch before we finally sink<br />

into the beckoning chaos. To change<br />

the image (after Marx), it is not a<br />

favour to anyone if we see religion<br />

as merely the source of a convenient<br />

opiate by which to keep wrongdoers<br />

at bay and ourselves numb to life’s<br />

harsher realities. Religion should<br />

only be invoked if it has a unique<br />

and true contribution to make and<br />

we are willing to embrace the entire<br />

moral economy that it may offer,<br />

such as that from acknowledgment<br />

of error through to the possibility of<br />

rehabilitation and redemption .<br />

In addition, it is entirely evident that<br />

many of the egregious episodes of<br />

misbehaviour that contributed to<br />

the recent financial crisis were in no<br />

sense morally obscure –greed is not<br />

a novelty! And it is implausible to<br />

suppose that the perpetrators are<br />

saying “If only I had known! Someone<br />

should have told me what I<br />

really needed was a new set of values<br />

and a new source of moral insight!”<br />

Nonetheless, a good case can be<br />

made for seeing religion as providing<br />

a necessary adjunct and context for<br />

the moral, but it needs to be carefully<br />

made if it is to be useful and<br />

to provide more than a mere source<br />

of vocabulary for the right and the<br />

| 153


<strong>Trust</strong> and Credulity, Sin and Suspicion<br />

wrong –as and when we tire of the<br />

comfortable, the uncomfortable and<br />

even perhaps the insensitive.<br />

But let us first go back to a vital point<br />

at hand, namely that we all do, in<br />

fact, have a basic understanding of<br />

what trust is, even though fully articulating<br />

what it involves and what<br />

an adequate grounding for it may require<br />

is problematic. The simple fact<br />

that trust is possible is an important<br />

starting point. If, in the face of the<br />

possibility of trust we hold to the picture<br />

of human beings as moved only<br />

by gross self-interest many of our<br />

most valuable cooperative activities<br />

will seem to be irrational, and will<br />

seem to persist only through blind<br />

habit or irrational hope. Such quotidian<br />

matters as a visit to the doctor<br />

and other professional relationships,<br />

not to mention friendships will all be<br />

suffused by doubt and mistrust and<br />

the corrosive anxiety that perhaps we<br />

should get in first before they attack<br />

us or otherwise diminish us in some<br />

way.<br />

The reality of the possibility of trust<br />

thus makes it evident that human<br />

beings may take responsibility for the<br />

ways in which their behaviour influences<br />

others and their decisions in<br />

ways that transcend the immediately<br />

egocentric. This may further point<br />

towards a way of explaining how<br />

trust can be in a deep sense rational,<br />

which in turn can offer an opening<br />

154 |<br />

to the possibility that trust can be<br />

genuinely and successfully promoted<br />

and maintained.<br />

When we trust others, we have<br />

confidence in them such that we feel<br />

we can rely upon them to do or take<br />

care of something about which we<br />

are concerned, even though they are<br />

in a position not to do it, or to harm<br />

or damage it, or even take it from us,<br />

if they wished. This entails that the<br />

act of trust is one in which we make<br />

ourselves vulnerable but we do so in<br />

the confidence that the recipient of<br />

our trust will not exploit this vulnerability,<br />

and more widely, that this<br />

person will actively take care of what<br />

we make vulnerable.<br />

This last point about vulnerability is<br />

important. It makes clear that trust<br />

always involves risk. It always involves<br />

the risk that the trusted person will<br />

not do what is required for the trusting<br />

person. And that is necessarily<br />

the case since, if there were a guarantee,<br />

then there would be no need<br />

for trust in the first place and the fact<br />

is that those in whom we trust have<br />

a choice as to whether they fulfill<br />

the trust. Since there is risk, there is<br />

also therefore danger, for in trusting<br />

we risk the loss of the things that we<br />

entrust to others, including potentially<br />

our self-respect as a person<br />

able to make such judgments about<br />

whom to trust –something which can<br />

be shattered by the betrayal of our


trust. (And just to be clear it is not<br />

suggested therefore that all doctors<br />

and other professionals carry a warning<br />

label stating that “trustworthiness<br />

may go down as well as up and<br />

you are advised that past performance<br />

is no absolute guarantee of<br />

future conduct”)<br />

But what about religion?<br />

It is interesting at a time of rampant<br />

and aggressive secularism in the<br />

western world to find religion being<br />

again widely invoked as a source of<br />

moral insight. This is certainly something<br />

that most religious traditions<br />

have historically seen themselves as<br />

supplying, but there are particular<br />

challenges within a context of pluralism.<br />

Unless all religions are deemed<br />

somehow to point to some common<br />

ethical insights the question of how<br />

they mutually relate will be important.<br />

It seems implausible to imagine<br />

that they do in fact all share exactly<br />

the same moral views, indeed in<br />

many cases they have often claimed<br />

that they offer a unique moral vision.<br />

Thus it is possible to hear of<br />

such things spoken of as a uniquely<br />

Christian or Muslim ethic yet, insofar<br />

as they lay claim to insights not<br />

otherwise available, then it is open to<br />

question just why people of another<br />

or no faith should feel these insights<br />

to be normative for them?<br />

Unless a basis for adopting whatever<br />

principles are proposed can<br />

be articulated upon a basis all can<br />

share, why should non-believers<br />

agree with them? But then, insofar<br />

as such a process can be successfully<br />

attempted, what meaning does it<br />

still have to speak of a specifically<br />

Christian or Muslim ethic (to cite but<br />

two possibilities)? Again, if it is suggested<br />

that the good will ultimately<br />

be that which is most conducive to<br />

human flourishing, for example, does<br />

this not risk reducing all of ethics to<br />

a form of utilitarianism or at least<br />

consequentialism?<br />

Space does not allow these issues to<br />

be adequately addressed here, but<br />

one possibility may lie in suggesting<br />

that the key to the uniqueness of a<br />

religious tradition’s moral insights<br />

may lie in the overall perspective it<br />

makes possible as much as in the particularities<br />

of its ethical injunctions.<br />

Thus the possibility of a redeemed<br />

world, and the consequent possibility<br />

of hope and ultimate meaning which<br />

this implies, may constitute a perspective<br />

upon morality that is unique<br />

and which can both occasion insights<br />

not otherwise available. It can also<br />

point to a grounding for the moral<br />

itself that lies far more deeply rooted<br />

than in the mere vagaries of our<br />

emotional responses and preferences.<br />

This in no way precludes subjecting<br />

the principles derived to the kinds<br />

of test already mentioned, in terms<br />

of human flourishing and so forth.<br />

| 155


<strong>Trust</strong> and Credulity, Sin and Suspicion<br />

In addition, there can be a powerful<br />

message of humility, insofar as<br />

religion may well point out that<br />

mankind is not presently by nature<br />

immaculate nor perfectible by means<br />

of our own powers alone. Above<br />

all, there is an immensely powerful<br />

perspective presented by the<br />

understanding of ourselves and the<br />

universe as one in which we have our<br />

being as created by God. The understanding<br />

of God , in the particular<br />

case of Christianity and Judaism, as<br />

well as Islam, is one of a God who is<br />

the ultimate object of trust, as that<br />

than which nothing greater can be<br />

conceived, and upon whom we rely<br />

for existence from one moment to<br />

the next.<br />

The fidelity of God, as one to be<br />

trusted and who keeps his promises<br />

is the principal theme of the Bible, so<br />

the concept of trust could hardly be<br />

more deeply rooted than by this religious<br />

understanding of the cosmos<br />

and our place within it. Moreover,<br />

the specifically Christian understanding<br />

of the possibility of a redeemed<br />

world offers a particularly compelling<br />

vision in which to ground the moral<br />

universe and the nature of the moral<br />

life which we are ultimately called to<br />

live. And it is one with the capacity<br />

to warrant a restraint upon greed<br />

by virtue of its emphasis upon our<br />

shared participation in the community<br />

of faith where the welfare of the<br />

individual can only be fully achieved<br />

156 |<br />

within the context of the wider<br />

whole. This can be put in other (Aristotelian)<br />

terms by seeing the function<br />

(ergon) of humankind (which<br />

is rationality for Aristotle) as something<br />

only fully realizeable within the<br />

context of the family and community<br />

since “man is born for citizenship”<br />

(Nicomachean Ethics 1925a:1097)<br />

If all this risks seeming too metaphysical,<br />

the earlier point about the<br />

possibility of exploring that which is<br />

conducive to human flourishing must<br />

be remembered. Whatever flaws<br />

may be found in the details of his<br />

argument, Francis Fukuyama’s book<br />

<strong>Trust</strong>: The Social Virtues and the Creation<br />

of Prosperity. (New York 1995)<br />

can serve to illustrate possibilities<br />

for evidence-based debate upon the<br />

insights we derive. He argued that<br />

trust between individuals is essential<br />

to a healthy economy and sought to<br />

present evidence which suggested<br />

that social cooperation depends, not<br />

only on formal institutions such as<br />

contracts and laws, but also, vitally<br />

and specifically upon trust between<br />

individuals. He argued that it is the<br />

culture of trust (as the source of<br />

spontaneous sociability) that allows<br />

enterprises to grow beyond the level<br />

of a family enterprise into professionally<br />

managed organizations, for trust<br />

expresses beliefs about the predictability<br />

of actions that are essential<br />

to institutional growth. High levels<br />

of trust lead to higher institutional


eliability and lower administration<br />

costs and such trust levels if sustained<br />

can thus support larger and more<br />

efficient organizations. But such trust<br />

cannot be forced negatively merely<br />

through legislation since it in fact<br />

requires a prior overall moral context<br />

in which each individual accepts their<br />

role<br />

But if all this is to be carried through<br />

into meaningful application there is a<br />

paradox, for we must not ultimately<br />

focus unduly on error in practice and<br />

we will need to reign in the culture<br />

of suspicion and concentrate more on<br />

promoting the good than on only detecting<br />

the bad. We can never have<br />

total guarantees about the performance<br />

of people and we will need to<br />

make sure that professionals and all<br />

those engaged in providing services<br />

to the public have the freedom necessary<br />

to do so. Intelligent accountability<br />

that does not stifle operational<br />

effectiveness must be attained.<br />

Above all, the culture of suspicion<br />

must be reigned in by the successful<br />

articulation and application of those<br />

principles and practices that alone<br />

can warrant the trust we must be<br />

able to place in them. To paraphrase<br />

Samuel Johnson: it is better to have<br />

trusted and failed (occasionally) than<br />

never to have trusted at all.<br />

| 157


Contributors<br />

Kofi A. Annan was the seventh Secretary-General<br />

of the United Nations,<br />

serving two terms from 1 January<br />

1997 to 31 December 2006 and was<br />

the first to emerge from the ranks<br />

of United Nations staff. In 2001 Kofi<br />

Annan and the United Nations were<br />

jointly awarded the Nobel Prize for<br />

Peace with the citation praising his<br />

leadership for “bringing new life to<br />

the organisation”.<br />

Current activities<br />

Since leaving the United Nations,<br />

Kofi Annan has continued to press<br />

for better policies to meet the needs<br />

of the poorest and most vulnerable,<br />

particularly in Africa. He has also<br />

continued to use his experience<br />

to mediate and resolve conflict. In<br />

Kenya in early 2008, Mr. Annan led<br />

the African Union’s Panel of Eminent<br />

African Personalities to help find a<br />

peaceful resolution to the post-election<br />

violence.<br />

www.kofiannanfoundation.org<br />

158 |<br />

Alfred R. Berkeley III<br />

University of Virginia, BA, 1966<br />

Wharton School of Finance, MBA,<br />

1968<br />

USAF, 1968 – 1972; 1978- 1980; Major<br />

Alex Brown & Sons, investment<br />

banking, General Partner, Managing<br />

Director, 1972-1996<br />

NASDAQ Stock Market Inc., President,<br />

Vice Chairman, 1996-2003<br />

National Infrastructure Advisory<br />

Council, 2001- Present (Presidential<br />

Appointment)<br />

Evaluator, National Medal of Technology,<br />

2003 - present<br />

Pipeline Financial Group, Inc., Chairman<br />

and Chief Executive Officer<br />

2003 - present<br />

Johns Hopkins University, <strong>Trust</strong>ee<br />

Allen University, an historically black<br />

university, <strong>Trust</strong>ee<br />

World Economic Forum, USA, Director<br />

Realpage, Inc., Director<br />

ACI Worldwide, Inc., Director<br />

XBRL US, Inc., Director


Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola<br />

y García de los Ríos<br />

Chairman, Banco Santander.<br />

Executive Director.<br />

Chairman of the Executive, the International<br />

and the Technology, Productivity<br />

and Quality Committees.<br />

Born in 1934 in Santander (Spain).<br />

Graduate in Economics and Law.<br />

Dr. Joachim Faber<br />

Personal details<br />

Date of birth: May 10, 1950<br />

Place of birth: Gießen, Germany<br />

Education<br />

Studies in law at Bonn University<br />

Doctorate (Dr. rer. publ.) from the<br />

Hochschule für Verwaltungswissenschaft,<br />

(University of Administrative<br />

Sciences), Speyer, including research<br />

work at the Sorbonne, Paris<br />

Professional career<br />

1983 – 1997<br />

Various positions at Citicorp in<br />

Frankfurt and London<br />

1995 – 1997<br />

Head of capital market business in<br />

Europe, North America and Japan<br />

1997<br />

CFO and Member of the Board of<br />

Management of Allianz<br />

Versicherungs AG<br />

Since 2000<br />

CEO of Allianz Global Investors AG,<br />

member of the Board of Management<br />

of Allianz SE<br />

(formerly Allianz AG)<br />

| 159


Contributors<br />

Mark B. Fuller is CEO Co-Founder,<br />

Chairman and CEO of Monitor Group.<br />

Harvard Graduate School of Business<br />

Administration, Cambridge MA, USA,<br />

Degree: Masters in Business Administration<br />

(MBA) with Honors, 1979<br />

Harvard Law School, Cam-bridge MA,<br />

USA, Degree: Doctor of Jurisprudence<br />

(JD) with Honors, 1979, Member<br />

of Harvard Law School Project on<br />

Negotiation, Teaching Fellow in<br />

Social Science course 174: Managing<br />

International Conflict, Award: Award<br />

for Teaching Excellence<br />

Harvard University, Faculty of Arts &<br />

Sciences, Cambridge MA, USA, Degree:<br />

Bachelor of Arts (AB) in History<br />

with Highest Honors, 1975, Awards:<br />

Magna Cum Laude, Dean’s List,<br />

Harvard Prize for History, member of<br />

Phi Beta Kappa, John Harvard Prize,<br />

Detur Prize, Nominated for numerous<br />

fellowships<br />

Professional Experience:<br />

1983-present: The Monitor Group<br />

(1,400 employees), Co-Founder, Chairman<br />

and Chief Executive Officer<br />

160 |<br />

Joseph Fuller is a co-Founder and<br />

Chief Executive Officer of Monitor<br />

Group, a leading global consultancy.<br />

He joined Monitor at its inception<br />

and currently oversees its consulting<br />

operations in twenty-seven offices<br />

globally. Monitor Group serves many<br />

of the world’s most respected companies,<br />

as well as governments and<br />

non-governmental organizations.<br />

During his tenure at Monitor, Joe has<br />

worked with clients in a wide variety<br />

of industries, especially those with a<br />

heavy reliance on technology. He has<br />

particularly deep experience in two<br />

of the world’s most dynamic sectors,<br />

life sciences and telecommunications,<br />

and has advised leading companies<br />

and important regulatory bodies in<br />

both industries.<br />

Joe has contributed extensively to<br />

Monitor’s intellectual property. His<br />

interest in research began during his<br />

collaboration with Professor Michael<br />

Porter of Harvard Business School on<br />

the development of the concepts presented<br />

in Porter’s book, Competitive<br />

Advantage.


Richard Gaul, born in 1946, since May<br />

2008 Chairman of the German Public<br />

Relations Council DRPR; since January<br />

2007 freelance communication<br />

consultant, partner of “Zehle-Gaul-<br />

Communications GmbH”<br />

Professional career: 1964 - 1970<br />

studies in economics and politics in<br />

Cologne and Bonn; 1970 - 1971 editor<br />

Kölner Stadt-Anzeiger; 1972 - 1977<br />

Business editor Stuttgarter Zeitung;<br />

1977 - 1978 editor manager magazin,<br />

Hamburg; 1978 - 1979 editor DIE<br />

ZEIT, Hamburg; 1979 - 1985 deputy<br />

head of business department, DIE<br />

ZEIT, Hamburg; 1985 - 1989 head<br />

of “Presse”department BMW AG,<br />

München; since 1989 Head of “Presseund<br />

Öffentlichkeitsarbeit” BMW AG,<br />

München; from summer 2000 head<br />

of communications and politics.<br />

He is serving on the board of directors<br />

of Media Tenor International.<br />

Scott Gaul is the Product Development<br />

Manager at MIX. He joined<br />

MIX in early 2006, working as analyst<br />

for Eastern Europe and Central Asia<br />

and East Asia and the Pacific. Prior to<br />

joining MIX, Scott worked on interest<br />

rate risk management and asset/liability<br />

management issues for banks and<br />

other financial institutions, including<br />

the World Bank. He also has experience<br />

at a leading microfinance<br />

institution in Kyrgyzstan. As Product<br />

Development Manager, Scott researches,<br />

develops, and operationalizes<br />

new information products that serve<br />

MIX’s mission, business priorities and<br />

client information needs, such as the<br />

new MIX Market platform.<br />

Scott has a bachelor’s degree in<br />

Mathematics from the University of<br />

Chicago, and a master’s degree in<br />

International Economics and International<br />

Development from the Johns<br />

Hopkins School for Advanced International<br />

Studies (SAIS) in Washington.<br />

He speaks Russian.<br />

| 161


Contributors<br />

Andrew Gowers is Global Head of<br />

Communications at BP.<br />

joined Lehman Brothers as Head of<br />

Communications on 05 June 2006. In<br />

December 2005 he was appointed to<br />

lead an independent Review for HM<br />

Government of the UK‘s intellectual<br />

property regime. Andrew was Editor<br />

of the Financial Times from 2001 to<br />

2005.<br />

After graduating from Cambridge<br />

University, Andrew began his journalistic<br />

career in 1980 when he joined<br />

Reuters as a graduate trainee. In<br />

1981, he was appointed Brussels correspondent<br />

and in 1982 he became<br />

Zurich correspondent.<br />

He joined the FT in 1983 on the<br />

foreign desk in London. In 1994, he<br />

was appointed deputy editor.<br />

From July 1997, he spent 15 months<br />

as acting editor while the editor,<br />

Richard Lambert, was in New York<br />

to launch the new US edition of the<br />

Financial Times. In January 1999,<br />

Andrew Gowers was appointed founding<br />

editor of a new German language<br />

business newspaper, Financial<br />

Times Deutschland.<br />

162 |<br />

Canon Alistair Macdonald-Radcliff,<br />

Director General of the C-1 has served<br />

as Senior Advisor to the World Economic<br />

Forum and its Council of 100<br />

Leaders’ West-Islamic Dialogue. He<br />

was also for-merly Dean of All Saints’<br />

Cathedral in Cairo and a Fellow of<br />

the Ethics and Public Policy Center in<br />

Washington DC. a founding partner<br />

of Christian Edge an internet publishing<br />

company and a Director of<br />

Avancia Consulting Inc. He was educated<br />

at the Universities of London<br />

and Oxford where he specialized in<br />

Philosophical Theology with Professors<br />

Richard Swinburne, Brian Davies<br />

O.P and Paul Fiddes as his supervisors<br />

and also taught Philosophy of Religion.<br />

He took an STM Degree at Yale<br />

where he also served as a Research<br />

Fellow. He has undertaken extensive<br />

international work for the church<br />

and assisted on an adjunct basis the<br />

work of the Anglican Consultative<br />

Council and served as special advisor<br />

to Lord Carey of Clifton, the 103rd<br />

Archbishop of Canterbury.<br />

www.C1WorldDialogue.org


Philip D. Moyer has been the President<br />

and Chief Executive Officer of<br />

EDGAR Online, Inc (NASDAQ: EDGR)<br />

since 2007. From 2005 to 2007, Mr.<br />

Moyer was in early stage private<br />

equity and venture capital with Cassini<br />

Capital and as an Entrepreneur<br />

in Residence at Safeguard Scientifics.<br />

During this time he was co-owner of<br />

Cassiopae – a European based Asset<br />

Backed Securities software company.<br />

From 1991 to 2005, Mr. Moyer was at<br />

Microsoft. His most recent roles at<br />

Microsoft were General Manager of<br />

the Professional Services Industry (Accounting,<br />

Legal, HR Outsourcing), General<br />

Manager of Global Customers,<br />

and General Manager of East Region<br />

Enterprise Services (which included<br />

the Consulting, Enterprise Support,<br />

Partners, & Pre Sales Technologists<br />

organizations). Prior to joining Microsoft,<br />

Mr. Moyer was the co-founder<br />

of Orion Systems Group, an education<br />

and municipality software company<br />

which was subsequently sold to<br />

Sungard. He started his career at GE<br />

Aerospace. Mr. Moyer holds a B.S in<br />

Computer Science from the University<br />

of Pittsburgh.<br />

Michel Ogrizek is a seasoned international<br />

consultant in strategic communications,<br />

counselling leaders of<br />

international institutions and global<br />

corporations for more than 20 years.<br />

Former Vice Chairman of Edelman,<br />

Michel assumed responsibility for the<br />

worldwide corporate network and<br />

supervised global practices in Risk,<br />

Issues and Crisis Management, Financial,<br />

Employee Engagement, Health,<br />

and First&42nd, Edelman‘s management<br />

consulting unit..<br />

Before joining Edelman’s headquarters<br />

in New York City, Michel was<br />

successively managing board director<br />

and head of communications at the<br />

World Economic Forum (Geneva);<br />

managing director and global head,<br />

marketing & communications at<br />

UBS Warburg (London); global head<br />

of corporate relations at Unilever<br />

(London and Rotterdam); president &<br />

CEO of Edelman‘s European operations;<br />

president and CEO of Hill &<br />

Knowlton, France.<br />

He is serving on the board of directors<br />

of Media Tenor International.<br />

| 163


Contributors<br />

Roland Schatz,*1965 in Bielefeld,<br />

Journalist in the 5th generation,<br />

studied philosophy, economics,<br />

history and political science and was<br />

influenced by Profs. Henner Kleinewefers,<br />

Ottfried Höffe and Prof.<br />

Josef Maria Bochenski in Fribourg<br />

(CH) and Profs. Ludger Honnefelder<br />

and Peter Baumanns in Bonn. M.A.<br />

thesis on “Consequences of Immanuel<br />

Kant’s Postulate for Civil Dis-obedience”.<br />

His journalistic background:<br />

Braunschweiger Zeitung, epd and<br />

Freiburger Nachrichten. Foundation<br />

of InnoVatio Publishing Ltd. in 1985<br />

to support the old idea of a Greek<br />

Agora with authors as Karl Popper,<br />

Hans Küng, Heinz Maier-Leibnitz, the<br />

Weizsäckers et.al: Journals, books,<br />

congress organisation with a focus<br />

on media monitoring, organisational<br />

development, East-West Dialogue,<br />

culture management, applied<br />

business ethics and new methods in<br />

education.<br />

2008 he was announced Global<br />

Media Export of the UN Alliance of<br />

Civilization, 2009 he founded the<br />

C1 World Dialogue Foundation with<br />

Prince Ghazi of Jordan.<br />

164 |<br />

Wadim Schreiner is the Managing<br />

Director of Media Tenor South Africa<br />

in Pretoria. He has a Masters in Journalism<br />

from the North West University<br />

in South Africa, having written<br />

his paper on “News flow in and out<br />

of Africa and particularly the image<br />

of Africa in international media”. He<br />

has and currently is reading in media<br />

theories and communication methods<br />

at the University of Stellenbosch,<br />

the University of Cape Town, as well<br />

as the Gordon <strong>Institute</strong> for Business<br />

Science. He has spoken at a several<br />

media and journalism conferences<br />

in the United States, South Africa,<br />

Asia and Africa and has published a<br />

number of research articles in international<br />

journals on South African<br />

and international media trends. He is<br />

an editorial member of Ecquid Novi,<br />

the African Research Journal and a<br />

member of the Council for Communication<br />

Education in Africa.


Matthias Vollbracht is Director of<br />

Economic and Business Research at<br />

Media Tenor International in Zurich/Switzerland.<br />

In his research and<br />

consulting work, Matthias Vollbracht<br />

focuses on the impact of media coverage<br />

on public opinion, individual<br />

stakeholder groups and the reputation<br />

of institutions and individuals.<br />

Furthermore, he works on studies to<br />

explore the impact of media on asset<br />

prices and economic behaviour such<br />

as investors’ and consumers’ confidence<br />

as well as inflation expectations.<br />

Matthias Vollbracht received<br />

his degree in economics from the<br />

University of Mainz, Germany and<br />

has worked as a business journalist<br />

before joining Media Tenor.<br />

Liv Apneseth Watson<br />

Board of Director – IRIS Business Services<br />

(India) Private Limited<br />

XBRL International Steering Committee<br />

Member<br />

Chair – XBRL International Jurisdiction<br />

Development Working Group<br />

Liv A. Watson is one of the founders<br />

of XBRL and recently joined the<br />

Board of Director of IRIS Business Services<br />

Private Limited. IRIS is a leading<br />

information and technology player,<br />

which has been in existence for close<br />

to 15 years. IRIS’ core strengths lie in<br />

working with unstructured information<br />

received from various sources, and<br />

standardizing and streamlining such<br />

information sets. IRIS has been very<br />

closely involved with the XBRL space,<br />

in the areas of taxonomy creation,<br />

software solutions and conversion of<br />

data into XBRL format.<br />

She is serving on the board of directors<br />

of Media Tenor International.<br />

| 165


Contributors<br />

Paul Wilkinson was Senior Adviser to<br />

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission<br />

Chairman Christopher Cox<br />

and oversaw adoption of eXtensible<br />

Business Reporting Language as the<br />

Commission’s data standard from<br />

2005 until 2009. The views expressed<br />

are his own. He is a California attorney,<br />

publisher of http://paulwilkinson.com,<br />

and Chief Strategy Officer<br />

for CLOUD, Inc., http://cloudinc.org,<br />

a non-profit organization formed to<br />

create standards giving people more<br />

control over their personal information.<br />

He was the Executive Director<br />

of the U.S. House of Representatives<br />

Majority Policy Committee from 2001<br />

until 2005 and is the co-author of<br />

Set The Default To Open: Plessy’s<br />

Meaning In The Twenty-First Century<br />

and How Technology Puts the<br />

Individual Back at the Center of Life,<br />

Liberty, and Government, Texas<br />

Review of Law and Politics, Vol. 14<br />

(forthcoming).<br />

166 |<br />

Robert B. Zoellick<br />

11th Chief Executive of World Bank<br />

Mr. Zoellick was formerly Vice Chairman,<br />

International of the Goldman<br />

Sachs Group, and a Managing Director<br />

and Chairman of Goldman Sachs‘<br />

Board of International Advisors.<br />

In 2005-06, Mr. Zoellick served as<br />

Deputy Secretary of the U.S. State<br />

Department:<br />

From 2001 to January 2005, Mr.<br />

Zoellick served in the President‘s cabinet<br />

as U.S. Trade Representative.<br />

From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Zoellick served<br />

as an Executive Vice President of<br />

Fannie Mae.<br />

Following Fannie Mae, Zoellick<br />

served for a year as the Olin Visiting<br />

Professor at the U.S. Naval Academy.<br />

From 1985 to 1993, Mr. Zoellick served<br />

with Secretary James A. Baker, III at<br />

the Treasury Department (from Deputy<br />

Assistant Secretary for Financial<br />

Institutions Policy to Counselor to the<br />

Secretary); State Department (Undersecretary<br />

of State for Economic and<br />

Agricultural Affairs as well as Counselor<br />

of the Department).

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!